]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/loaddefs.el
*** empty log message ***
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / loaddefs.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (14247 4566))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
12
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
15
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil)
30
31 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
32 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil)
33
34 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil)
36
37 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil)
39
40 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution and then
42 mutating the result." t nil)
43
44 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
46
47 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
48 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
49 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
50 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil)
51
52 ;;;***
53 \f
54 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
55 ;;;;;; (14360 11474))
56 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
57
58 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
59 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
60 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
61 extensions.
62 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
63 name" nil nil)
64
65 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
66 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
67
68 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
69
70 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
71 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
72
73 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
74 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
75
76 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
77 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
78
79 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
80
81 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
82 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
83
84 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
85 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
86
87 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
88 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
89 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
90 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
91 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
92
93 If you use imenu.el:
94 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
95
96 If you use find-file.el:
97 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
98 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
99 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
100 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
101 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
102
103 If you use ada-xref.el:
104 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
105 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
106 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'" t nil)
107
108 ;;;***
109 \f
110 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
111 ;;;;;; (14360 11651))
112 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
113
114 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
115 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil)
116
117 ;;;***
118 \f
119 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
120 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
121 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name)
122 ;;;;;; "add-log" "add-log.el" (14525 5303))
123 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
124
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
128
129 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
130 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
131 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.")
132
133 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
134 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil)
135
136 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
137 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
138
139 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
140 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
141 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
142 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
143
144 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
145 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
146 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
147
148 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
149 current buffer to the complete file name." nil nil)
150
151 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
152 Find change log file and add an entry for today.
153 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
154 name and site.
155
156 Second arg is FILE-NAME of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'.
157 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
158 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
159 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
160 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
161
162 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
163 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil)
164
165 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
166 Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today.
167 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
168 name and site.
169 Second optional arg FILE-NAME is file name of change log.
170 If nil, use `change-log-default-name'.
171
172 Affected by the same options as `add-change-log-entry'." t nil)
173 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
174
175 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
176 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
177 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
178 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
179 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
180 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil)
181
182 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
183 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
184
185 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
186 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
187
188 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
189 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
190
191 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
192 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
193
194 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
195 Texinfo (@node titles), Perl, and Fortran.
196
197 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
198 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
199 identifiers followed by `:' or `=', see variables
200 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
201 `add-log-current-defun-function'
202
203 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil)
204
205 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
206 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
207 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
208 the appropriate motion commands).
209
210 Entries are inserted in chronological order.
211
212 Both the current and old-style time formats for entries are supported,
213 so this command could be used to convert old-style logs by merging
214 with an empty log." t nil)
215
216 ;;;***
217 \f
218 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
219 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (14410
220 ;;;;;; 19111))
221 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
222
223 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
224 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
225 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
226 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
227 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
228 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
229 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
230 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
231 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
232 interpreted as `error'.")
233
234 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
235 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
236 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
237 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
238 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
239 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
240 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
241 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
242
243 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
244 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
245 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
246 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
247 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
248 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
249 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
250 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
251 will be overwritten with the new one.
252 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
253 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
254 will clear the cache." nil nil)
255
256 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
257 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
258 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
259
260 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
261 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
262 BODY... )
263
264 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
265 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
266 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
267 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
268 see also `ad-add-advice'.
269 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
270 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
271 before/around/after-advices will be used.
272 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
273 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
274 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
275 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
276 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
277 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
278
279 Semantics of the various flags:
280 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
281 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
282 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
283
284 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
285 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
286
287 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
288 advised function should be compiled.
289
290 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
291 during activation until somebody enables it.
292
293 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
294 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
295 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
296 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
297
298 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
299 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
300 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
301 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
302 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
303 during preloading.
304
305 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil (quote macro))
306
307 ;;;***
308 \f
309 ;;;### (autoloads (align-unhighlight-rule align-highlight-rule align-current
310 ;;;;;; align-entire align-regexp align) "align" "align.el" (14463
311 ;;;;;; 7197))
312 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
313
314 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
315 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
316 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
317 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
318 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
319 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
320 rule's `separate' attribute).
321
322 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
323 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
324 `separate' attribute set.
325
326 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
327 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
328 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
329 on the format of these lists." t nil)
330
331 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
332 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
333 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
334 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
335 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
336 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
337 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
338 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
339 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
340 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
341 options.
342
343 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
344 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
345
346 Fred (123) 456-7890
347 Alice (123) 456-7890
348 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
349 Joe (123) 456-7890
350
351 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
352 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
353 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression." t nil)
354
355 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
356 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
357 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
358 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
359 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
360 align that section." t nil)
361
362 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
363 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
364 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
365 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
366 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
367 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
368 been used to align that section." t nil)
369
370 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
371 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
372 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
373 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
374 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
375 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
376 to be colored." t nil)
377
378 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
379 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'." t nil)
380
381 ;;;***
382 \f
383 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
384 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (14546 48005))
385 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
386 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
387
388 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
389 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
390 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
391 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
392 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
393 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil)
394
395 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil)
396
397 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
398
399 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
400
401 ;;;***
402 \f
403 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el"
404 ;;;;;; (14431 34774))
405 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
406
407 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
408 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
409 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil)
410
411 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
412 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
413 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil)
414
415 ;;;***
416 \f
417 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
418 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
419 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
420 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (14517 9487))
421 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
422
423 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
424 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
425 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
426 as the first thing on a line.")
427
428 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
429 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
430
431 (defvar appt-audible t "\
432 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
433
434 (defvar appt-visible t "\
435 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
436
437 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
438 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
439
440 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
441 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
442
443 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
444 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
445
446 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
447 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
448 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
449
450 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
451 Add an appointment for the day at TIME and issue MESSAGE.
452 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil)
453
454 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
455 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil)
456
457 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" nil nil nil)
458
459 ;;;***
460 \f
461 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command
462 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (14411
463 ;;;;;; 43647))
464 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
465
466 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\
467 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
468
469 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil)
470
471 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
472 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
473 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
474 normal variables." t nil)
475
476 (fset (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
477
478 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
479 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match REGEXP.
480 With optional prefix ARG, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
481 noninteractive functions.
482
483 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
484 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil)
485
486 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
487 Show all bound symbols whose names match REGEXP.
488 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show unbound
489 symbols and key bindings, which is a little more time-consuming.
490 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
491
492 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
493 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches REGEXP.
494 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
495 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
496 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil)
497
498 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
499 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for REGEXP.
500 With optional prefix ARG or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
501 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
502 bindings.
503 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
504
505 ;;;***
506 \f
507 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (14539
508 ;;;;;; 44524))
509 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
510
511 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
512 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
513 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
514 Letters no longer insert themselves.
515 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
516 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
517
518 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
519 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
520 archive.
521
522 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil)
523
524 ;;;***
525 \f
526 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (14460 38616))
527 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
528
529 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
530 Major mode for editing arrays.
531
532 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
533 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
534 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
535
536 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
537
538 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
539 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
540 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
541
542 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
543 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
544 supply. These variables are all local the the buffer. Other buffer
545 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
546 The variables are:
547
548 Variables you assign:
549 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
550 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
551 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
552 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
553 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
554 row numbers in the buffer.
555
556 Variables which are calculated:
557 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
558 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
559
560 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
561 take a numeric prefix argument):
562
563 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
564 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
565 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
566 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
567
568 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
569 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
570 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
571 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
572
573 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
574 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
575 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
576 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
577
578 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
579 between that of point and mark.
580
581 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
582 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
583
584 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
585 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
586 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
587 newlines inside rows)
588
589 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
590
591 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil)
592
593 ;;;***
594 \f
595 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14286
596 ;;;;;; 393))
597 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
598
599 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
600 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
601 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
602
603 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
604 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
605 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
606 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
607
608 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
609 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
610
611 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
612 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
613
614 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
615
616 Special commands:
617 \\{asm-mode-map}
618 " t nil)
619
620 ;;;***
621 \f
622 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "auto-show.el"
623 ;;;;;; (14516 149))
624 ;;; Generated autoloads from auto-show.el
625
626 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
627 Obsolete.")
628
629 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
630 This command is obsolete." t nil)
631
632 ;;;***
633 \f
634 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
635 ;;;;;; (14532 61420))
636 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
637
638 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
639 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files." t nil)
640
641 ;;;***
642 \f
643 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
644 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (14410 18534))
645 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
646
647 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
648 Insert default contents into a new file if `auto-insert' is non-nil.
649 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil)
650
651 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
652 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
653 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
654 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil)
655
656 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
657 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
658 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
659 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
660
661 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
662 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil)
663
664 ;;;***
665 \f
666 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
667 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
668 ;;;;;; (14398 37513))
669 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
670
671 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
672 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
673 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil)
674
675 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories) "autoload" "\
676 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
677 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil)
678
679 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
680 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
681 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil)
682
683 ;;;***
684 \f
685 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
686 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el"
687 ;;;;;; (14495 17959))
688 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
689
690 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\
691 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
692
693 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode'
694 instead.")
695
696 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
697 When on, buffers are automatically reverted when files on disk change.
698
699 Set this variable using \\[customize] only. Otherwise, use the
700 command `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
701
702 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-revert) (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
703
704 (custom-add-load (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote autorevert))
705
706 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
707 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
708
709 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
710 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
711 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil)
712
713 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
714 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
715
716 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
717 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil)
718
719 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
720 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
721
722 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
723 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
724 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil)
725
726 ;;;***
727 \f
728 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
729 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (14539 53646))
730 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
731
732 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
733 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
734 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
735 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
736 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
737
738 (custom-add-to-group (quote avoid) (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote custom-variable))
739
740 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote avoid))
741
742 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
743 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
744 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
745 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
746
747 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none` and `banish'
748 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
749 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
750
751 Effects of the different modes:
752 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
753 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
754 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
755 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
756 a random distance & direction.
757 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
758 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
759 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
760
761 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
762
763 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
764 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
765 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil)
766
767 ;;;***
768 \f
769 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (14546
770 ;;;;;; 45178))
771 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
772
773 (autoload (quote awk-mode) "awk-mode" "\
774 Major mode for editing AWK code.
775 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. It uses
776 the same keymap as C mode and has the same variables for customizing
777 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
778
779 Turning on AWK mode calls the value of the variable `awk-mode-hook'
780 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
781
782 ;;;***
783 \f
784 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
785 ;;;;;; (14455 30228))
786 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
787
788 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
789 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
790
791 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
792 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
793
794 For example:
795
796 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
797 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
798 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
799 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
800
801 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil (quote macro))
802
803 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
804
805 ;;;***
806 \f
807 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
808 ;;;;;; (14422 6418))
809 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
810
811 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
812 Display battery status information in the echo area.
813 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
814 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil)
815
816 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
817 Display battery status information in the mode line.
818 The text beeing displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
819 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
820 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
821 seconds." t nil)
822
823 ;;;***
824 \f
825 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (14504
826 ;;;;;; 9460))
827 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
828
829 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
830 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
831
832 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a
833 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
834 version information already added. You just need to add a description
835 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the
836 message.
837
838
839 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
840
841 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
842 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
843 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
844 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
845 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
846
847 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
848 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
849 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
850 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
851 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
852 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
853
854 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
855 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
856 BibTeX mode.
857
858
859 Special information:
860
861 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
862
863 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
864 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
865 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
866 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
867 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
868 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
869 current field.
870 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
871 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
872
873 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
874 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
875 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
876 bibtex-entry-format.
877 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
878 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
879 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
880
881 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
882 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
883
884 The following may be of interest as well:
885
886 Functions:
887 bibtex-entry
888 bibtex-kill-entry
889 bibtex-yank-pop
890 bibtex-pop-previous
891 bibtex-pop-next
892 bibtex-complete-string
893 bibtex-complete-key
894 bibtex-print-help-message
895 bibtex-generate-autokey
896 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
897 bibtex-end-of-entry
898 bibtex-reposition-window
899 bibtex-mark-entry
900 bibtex-ispell-abstract
901 bibtex-ispell-entry
902 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
903 bibtex-sort-buffer
904 bibtex-validate
905 bibtex-count
906 bibtex-fill-entry
907 bibtex-reformat
908 bibtex-convert-alien
909
910 Variables:
911 bibtex-field-delimiters
912 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
913 bibtex-include-OPTkey
914 bibtex-user-optional-fields
915 bibtex-entry-format
916 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
917 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
918 bibtex-entry-field-alist
919 bibtex-predefined-strings
920 bibtex-string-files
921
922 ---------------------------------------------------------
923 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
924 non-nil.
925
926 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil)
927
928 ;;;***
929 \f
930 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (13229
931 ;;;;;; 27947))
932 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
933
934 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
935 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls;
936 the default is 4.
937
938 What is blackbox?
939
940 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
941 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
942 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
943 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
944 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
945 your score.
946
947 Overview of play:
948
949 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
950 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
951 four.
952
953 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
954 movement keys.
955
956 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
957 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
958
959 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
960 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
961
962 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
963 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
964 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
965 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
966 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
967 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
968
969 Details:
970
971 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
972
973 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
974 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
975 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
976 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
977
978 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
979 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
980 denoted by the letter `R'.
981
982 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
983 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
984 denoted by the letter `H'.
985
986 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
987 example.
988
989 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
990 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
991 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
992 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
993 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
994 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
995 ray.
996
997 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
998 degree deflection it causes.
999
1000 1
1001 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1002 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1003 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1004 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1005 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1006 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1007 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1008 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1009 2 3
1010
1011 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1012 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1013
1014
1015 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1016 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1017 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1018 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1019 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1020 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1021 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1022 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1023
1024 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1025 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1026 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1027 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1028 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1029 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1030 emerging from the box.
1031
1032 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1033
1034 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1035 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1036 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1037 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1038 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1039 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1040 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1041 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1042
1043 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1044 a reflection." t nil)
1045
1046 ;;;***
1047 \f
1048 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
1049 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
1050 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
1051 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
1052 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1053 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (14531 42950))
1054 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1055 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1056 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1057 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1058
1059 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1060 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1061 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1062 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1063 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1064 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1065
1066 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map))
1067
1068 (define-key bookmark-map "x" (quote bookmark-set))
1069
1070 (define-key bookmark-map "m" (quote bookmark-set))
1071
1072 (define-key bookmark-map "j" (quote bookmark-jump))
1073
1074 (define-key bookmark-map "g" (quote bookmark-jump))
1075
1076 (define-key bookmark-map "i" (quote bookmark-insert))
1077
1078 (define-key bookmark-map "e" (quote edit-bookmarks))
1079
1080 (define-key bookmark-map "f" (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1081
1082 (define-key bookmark-map "r" (quote bookmark-rename))
1083
1084 (define-key bookmark-map "d" (quote bookmark-delete))
1085
1086 (define-key bookmark-map "l" (quote bookmark-load))
1087
1088 (define-key bookmark-map "w" (quote bookmark-write))
1089
1090 (define-key bookmark-map "s" (quote bookmark-save))
1091
1092 (add-hook (quote kill-emacs-hook) (function (lambda nil (and (featurep (quote bookmark)) bookmark-alist (bookmark-time-to-save-p t) (bookmark-save)))))
1093
1094 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1095 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1096 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1097 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1098 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1099 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1100 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1101 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1102 recent one.
1103
1104 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1105 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1106 yank successive words.
1107
1108 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1109 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1110 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1111 name of the file being visited.
1112
1113 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1114 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1115 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil)
1116
1117 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1118 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1119 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1120 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1121 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1122 this.
1123
1124 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1125 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1126 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1127 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil)
1128
1129 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1130 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1131 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1132 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1133 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil)
1134
1135 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1136 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1137 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1138 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil)
1139
1140 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1141
1142 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1143 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1144 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1145 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1146
1147 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1148 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1149 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1150
1151 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1152 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1153 name." t nil)
1154
1155 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1156 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1157 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1158 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1159 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1160 this." t nil)
1161
1162 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1163 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1164 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1165 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1166 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1167 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1168 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1169 probably because we were called from there." t nil)
1170
1171 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
1172 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1173 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil)
1174
1175 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
1176 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1177 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1178 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1179 \(second argument).
1180
1181 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1182 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1183 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1184 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1185 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1186
1187 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1188 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1189 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1190 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil)
1191
1192 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
1193 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1194 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1195 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1196 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1197 while loading.
1198
1199 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1200 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1201 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1202 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1203 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1204 explicitly.
1205
1206 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1207 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1208 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1209 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil)
1210
1211 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
1212 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1213 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1214 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1215 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil)
1216
1217 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1218
1219 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1220
1221 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\
1222 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1223 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1224 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1225 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1226 this.
1227
1228 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1229 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1230 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1231
1232 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\
1233 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1234 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1235 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1236 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1237 this.
1238
1239 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1240 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1241 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1242
1243 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\
1244 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1245 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
1246
1247 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1248 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1249 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1250
1251 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\
1252 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
1253 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
1254 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
1255 prompts for NEWNAME.
1256 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
1257 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
1258 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
1259
1260 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1261 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1262 name.
1263
1264 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1265 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1266 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1267
1268 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\
1269 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
1270 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1271 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1272 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1273 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1274
1275 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1276 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1277 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1278
1279 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
1280
1281 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map)))
1282
1283 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
1284
1285 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
1286
1287 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
1288
1289 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
1290
1291 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
1292
1293 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
1294
1295 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
1296
1297 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
1298
1299 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
1300
1301 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
1302
1303 ;;;***
1304 \f
1305 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-generic browse-url-mail browse-url-mmm
1306 ;;;;;; browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3-gnudoit
1307 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic browse-url-cci browse-url-grail
1308 ;;;;;; browse-url-mosaic browse-url-netscape browse-url-at-mouse
1309 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1310 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-generic-program
1311 ;;;;;; browse-url-save-file browse-url-netscape-display browse-url-new-window-p
1312 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
1313 ;;;;;; (14477 53252))
1314 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1315
1316 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (eq system-type (quote windows-nt)) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-netscape)) "\
1317 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1318 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1319 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1320
1321 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1322 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1323 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1324 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1325 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1326
1327 (defvar browse-url-new-window-p nil "\
1328 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
1329 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser
1330 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
1331 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
1332
1333 (defvar browse-url-netscape-display nil "\
1334 *The X display for running Netscape, if not same as Emacs'.")
1335
1336 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
1337 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
1338 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
1339
1340 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
1341 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
1342
1343 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1344 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1345 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1346 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1347 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1348 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil)
1349
1350 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1351 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1352 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1353 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1354 narrowed." t nil)
1355
1356 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1357 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil)
1358
1359 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1360 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil)
1361
1362 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1363 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1364 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1365 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1366
1367 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1368 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1369 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1370 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1371
1372 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1373 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1374 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1375 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1376 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1377 to use." t nil)
1378
1379 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1380 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1381
1382 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1383 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1384
1385 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1386 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1387 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1388 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1389
1390 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1391 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1392
1393 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
1394 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1395
1396 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1397 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
1398 program is invoked according to the variable
1399 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
1400
1401 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1402 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
1403 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1404 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1405
1406 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1407 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1408
1409 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
1410 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
1411 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
1412
1413 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
1414 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
1415 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
1416 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
1417
1418 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
1419 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1420 Default to the URL around or before point.
1421
1422 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
1423 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
1424 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
1425
1426 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1427 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
1428 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1429 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1430
1431 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1432 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1433
1434 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
1435 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1436 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1437
1438 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
1439 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
1440 Default to the URL around or before point.
1441
1442 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1443 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
1444 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1445
1446 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1447 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1448
1449 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
1450 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
1451 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
1452 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1453
1454 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
1455 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1456 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
1457 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
1458 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil)
1459
1460 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
1461 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1462 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
1463 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
1464
1465 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1466 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
1467 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
1468 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1469
1470 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1471 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1472
1473 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
1474 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
1475 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1476
1477 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
1478 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
1479 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
1480 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
1481 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
1482 current one.
1483
1484 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
1485 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
1486 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
1487 `browse-url-new-window-p'.
1488
1489 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1490 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
1491
1492 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
1493 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
1494 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
1495 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
1496 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
1497 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil)
1498
1499 ;;;***
1500 \f
1501 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (13607
1502 ;;;;;; 42538))
1503 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
1504
1505 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
1506 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
1507
1508 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
1509 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil)
1510
1511 ;;;***
1512 \f
1513 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
1514 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (14495 17961))
1515 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
1516
1517 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
1518 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1519 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1520 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1521
1522 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
1523 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1524 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1525 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1526
1527 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
1528 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil)
1529
1530 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
1531 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffer list or buffers itself.
1532 \\<bs-mode-map>
1533 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
1534 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
1535 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
1536 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
1537
1538 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
1539 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
1540 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
1541 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
1542 name of buffer configuration." t nil)
1543
1544 ;;;***
1545 \f
1546 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
1547 ;;;;;; display-call-tree byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file
1548 ;;;;;; byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp"
1549 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (14547 29523))
1550 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
1551
1552 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
1553 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
1554 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
1555
1556 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
1557 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
1558 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
1559 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
1560
1561 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
1562 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
1563 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
1564 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
1565
1566 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
1567
1568 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
1569 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
1570
1571 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
1572 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
1573 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
1574 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling.
1575 The value is t if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil)
1576
1577 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
1578 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
1579 Print the result in the minibuffer.
1580 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
1581
1582 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
1583 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
1584 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
1585
1586 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
1587 Display a call graph of a specified file.
1588 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
1589 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
1590 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
1591 all functions called by those functions.
1592
1593 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
1594 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
1595 cons, etc.).
1596
1597 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
1598 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
1599 invoked interactively." t nil)
1600
1601 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
1602 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
1603 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
1604 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
1605 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
1606 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil)
1607
1608 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
1609 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
1610 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
1611 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
1612
1613 ;;;***
1614 \f
1615 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (12984 38822))
1616 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
1617
1618 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1619
1620 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1621
1622 ;;;***
1623 \f
1624 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
1625 ;;;;;; (13997 6729))
1626 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
1627
1628 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
1629 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
1630 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
1631 from the cursor position." t nil)
1632
1633 ;;;***
1634 \f
1635 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (14511
1636 ;;;;;; 60346))
1637 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
1638
1639 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
1640 Run the pocket calculator.
1641 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information." t nil)
1642
1643 ;;;***
1644 \f
1645 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
1646 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
1647 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
1648 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
1649 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
1650 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
1651 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
1652 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
1653 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
1654 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
1655 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
1656 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
1657 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
1658 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
1659 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
1660 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
1661 ;;;;;; (14393 15349))
1662 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
1663
1664 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
1665 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
1666 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
1667
1668 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
1669 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
1670 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
1671 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
1672 the screen.")
1673
1674 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
1675 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
1676 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
1677 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
1678 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
1679
1680 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
1681 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
1682 This variable affects the diary display when the command M-x diary is used,
1683 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
1684 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
1685 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
1686 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
1687
1688 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
1689 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
1690 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
1691 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
1692 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
1693
1694 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
1695 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
1696 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
1697
1698 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
1699 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
1700 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
1701
1702 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
1703 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
1704 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
1705
1706 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
1707 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
1708 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
1709 displayed.")
1710
1711 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
1712 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
1713 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
1714
1715 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
1716 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
1717 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
1718
1719 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
1720
1721 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
1722 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
1723 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
1724
1725 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
1726 calendar.")
1727
1728 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
1729 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
1730 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
1731
1732 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
1733 calendar.")
1734
1735 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
1736 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
1737 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
1738
1739 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
1740 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
1741 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
1742 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
1743 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
1744
1745 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
1746 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
1747 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
1748 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
1749 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
1750 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
1751 a function is also provided for this:
1752 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
1753
1754 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
1755 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
1756 date is not visible in the window.
1757
1758 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
1759 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
1760 functions that move by days and weeks.")
1761
1762 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
1763 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
1764
1765 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
1766 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
1767 date is visible in the window.
1768
1769 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
1770 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
1771 functions that move by days and weeks.")
1772
1773 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
1774 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
1775
1776 For example,
1777
1778 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
1779
1780 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
1781
1782 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
1783 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
1784
1785 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
1786
1787 MONTH/DAY
1788 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
1789 MONTHNAME DAY
1790 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
1791 DAYNAME
1792
1793 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
1794 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
1795 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
1796 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
1797 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
1798 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
1799 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
1800 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
1801 respectively.
1802
1803 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
1804 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
1805 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
1806
1807 DAY/MONTH
1808 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
1809 DAY MONTHNAME
1810 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
1811 DAYNAME
1812
1813 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
1814 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
1815
1816 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
1817 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
1818 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
1819 window but will appear in a diary window.
1820
1821 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
1822 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
1823
1824 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
1825 entries (in the default American style):
1826
1827 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
1828 &1/1. Happy New Year!
1829 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
1830 21: Payday
1831 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
1832 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
1833 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
1834 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
1835 mar 16 Dad's birthday
1836 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
1837 &* 15 time cards due.
1838
1839 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
1840 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
1841 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
1842 single diary entry
1843
1844 02/11/1989
1845 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
1846 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
1847 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
1848 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
1849 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
1850 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
1851
1852 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
1853 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
1854 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
1855
1856 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
1857
1858 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
1859
1860 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
1861 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
1862 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
1863 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
1864 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
1865 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
1866 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
1867 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
1868 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
1869
1870 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
1871 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
1872 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
1873 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
1874 for these functions for details.
1875
1876 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
1877 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
1878
1879 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
1880 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
1881
1882 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
1883 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
1884
1885 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
1886 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
1887
1888 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
1889 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
1890 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
1891
1892 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
1893 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in diary-file.
1894 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
1895
1896 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
1897 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
1898 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
1899 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
1900
1901 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
1902 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
1903 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
1904 1990. The accepted European date styles are
1905
1906 DAY/MONTH
1907 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
1908 DAY MONTHNAME
1909 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
1910 DAYNAME
1911
1912 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
1913 characters with or without a period.")
1914
1915 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
1916 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
1917 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
1918
1919 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
1920 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
1921 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
1922
1923 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
1924 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
1925 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
1926
1927 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
1928 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
1929 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
1930
1931 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
1932 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
1933 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
1934 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
1935 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
1936 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
1937
1938 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
1939 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
1940 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
1941
1942 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
1943 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
1944 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
1945 of the form
1946
1947 #include \"filename\"
1948
1949 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
1950 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
1951 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
1952 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
1953 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
1954
1955 For example, you could use
1956
1957 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
1958 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
1959 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
1960
1961 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
1962 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
1963 lexicographic order.")
1964
1965 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
1966 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
1967 Can be used for appointment notification.")
1968
1969 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
1970 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
1971 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
1972 diary display.
1973
1974 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
1975 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
1976 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
1977 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
1978 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
1979 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
1980 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
1981
1982 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
1983 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
1984 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
1985 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
1986 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
1987 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
1988 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
1989 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
1990
1991 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
1992 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
1993 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
1994 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
1995 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
1996 describes the style of such diary entries.")
1997
1998 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
1999 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
2000
2001 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
2002 mark-diary-entries-hook; it enables you to use shared diary files together
2003 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2004 of the form
2005 #include \"filename\"
2006 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2007 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
2008 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
2009 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2010 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2011
2012 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
2013 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
2014 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2015 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
2016 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2017 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2018
2019 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
2020 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
2021 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
2022 are holidays.")
2023
2024 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
2025 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
2026 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
2027 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
2028 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
2029
2030 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2031
2032 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
2033 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
2034 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2035
2036 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2037
2038 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
2039 *Oriental holidays.
2040 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2041
2042 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2043
2044 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
2045 *Local holidays.
2046 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2047
2048 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2049
2050 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
2051 *User defined holidays.
2052 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2053
2054 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2055
2056 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
2057
2058 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2059
2060 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
2061
2062 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2063
2064 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
2065
2066 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2067
2068 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
2069
2070 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2071
2072 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
2073 *Jewish holidays.
2074 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2075
2076 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2077
2078 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
2079 *Christian holidays.
2080 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2081
2082 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2083
2084 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
2085 *Islamic holidays.
2086 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2087
2088 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2089
2090 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
2091 *Sun-related holidays.
2092 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2093
2094 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2095
2096 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
2097 The frame set up of the calendar.
2098 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
2099 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
2100 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
2101 any other value the current frame is used.")
2102
2103 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
2104 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
2105 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'." t nil)
2106
2107 ;;;***
2108 \f
2109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (14419 57707))
2110 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
2111
2112 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2113 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2114
2115 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2116 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
2117
2118 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2119 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
2120
2121 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2122 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
2123
2124 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2125 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
2126
2127 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2128 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
2129
2130 ;;;***
2131 \f
2132 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2133 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2134 ;;;;;; (14419 57707))
2135 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2136
2137 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil)
2138
2139 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2140 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2141 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2142 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2143 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2144 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
2145
2146 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2147
2148 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
2149 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
2150 run first.
2151
2152 Key bindings:
2153 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
2154
2155 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2156 Major mode for editing C++ code.
2157 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2158 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2159 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2160 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2161 message.
2162
2163 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2164
2165 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2166 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2167 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2168
2169 Key bindings:
2170 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
2171
2172 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2173 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
2174 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2175 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2176 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2177 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2178 message.
2179
2180 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2181
2182 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2183 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
2184 is run first.
2185
2186 Key bindings:
2187 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
2188
2189 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2190 Major mode for editing Java code.
2191 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2192 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2193 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2194 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
2195 message.
2196
2197 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2198
2199 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2200 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2201 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
2202 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
2203 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
2204
2205 Key bindings:
2206 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
2207
2208 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2209 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
2210 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2211 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2212 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2213 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2214 message.
2215
2216 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2217
2218 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2219 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2220 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2221
2222 Key bindings:
2223 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil)
2224
2225 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2226 Major mode for editing Pike code.
2227 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2228 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2229 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2230 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2231 message.
2232
2233 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2234
2235 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2236 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2237 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2238
2239 Key bindings:
2240 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil)
2241
2242 ;;;***
2243 \f
2244 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
2245 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (14419 57707))
2246 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
2247
2248 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
2249 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
2250 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
2251 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
2252 for details of setting up styles.
2253
2254 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
2255 style name.
2256
2257 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is non-nil, no style variables
2258 that already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
2259 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
2260 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
2261 will be reassigned.
2262
2263 Obviously, specifying DONT-OVERRIDE is useful mainly when the initial
2264 style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since this is
2265 done internally by CC Mode, there's hardly ever a reason to use it." t nil)
2266
2267 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
2268 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
2269 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
2270 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
2271
2272 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
2273
2274 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
2275 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
2276 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
2277
2278 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
2279 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
2280 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
2281 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
2282 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil)
2283
2284 ;;;***
2285 \f
2286 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (14419 57707))
2287 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
2288
2289 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
2290 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
2291 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
2292 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
2293 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
2294
2295 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit)
2296 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit)
2297
2298 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
2299 `infodock'.")
2300
2301 ;;;***
2302 \f
2303 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
2304 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
2305 ;;;;;; (14543 61454))
2306 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
2307
2308 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
2309 Return a compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integer." nil nil)
2310
2311 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
2312 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil)
2313
2314 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2315 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
2316
2317 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
2318 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
2319 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
2320 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
2321 execution.
2322
2323 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro))
2324
2325 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2326 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
2327 CCL-PROGRAM is `eval'ed before being handed to the CCL compiler `ccl-compile'.
2328 The compiled code is a vector of integers." nil (quote macro))
2329
2330 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2331 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
2332 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
2333 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
2334 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
2335 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro))
2336
2337 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
2338 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
2339 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers." nil nil)
2340
2341 ;;;***
2342 \f
2343 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
2344 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
2345 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
2346 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
2347 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
2348 ;;;;;; checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
2349 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
2350 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
2351 ;;;;;; (14482 54417))
2352 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
2353
2354 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
2355 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors.
2356 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which
2357 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil)
2358
2359 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2360 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
2361 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
2362 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
2363 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
2364 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
2365 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
2366 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
2367
2368 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2369 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
2370 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
2371 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
2372 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
2373 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
2374 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
2375 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
2376
2377 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2378 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
2379 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
2380 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
2381 spacing are all verified." t nil)
2382
2383 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2384 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
2385 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
2386 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
2387 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil)
2388
2389 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
2390 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
2391 Only documentation strings are checked.
2392 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
2393 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
2394 a separate buffer." t nil)
2395
2396 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
2397 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
2398 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
2399 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
2400 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil)
2401
2402 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
2403 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
2404 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
2405 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
2406 if there is one.
2407 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil)
2408
2409 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
2410 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
2411 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil)
2412
2413 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2414 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
2415 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
2416 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
2417 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil)
2418
2419 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2420 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
2421 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
2422 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
2423 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
2424 space at the end of each line." t nil)
2425
2426 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
2427 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
2428 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
2429 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil)
2430
2431 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2432 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
2433 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
2434 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil)
2435
2436 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2437 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
2438 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
2439 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil)
2440
2441 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2442 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
2443 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
2444 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil)
2445
2446 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
2447 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
2448 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
2449 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil)
2450
2451 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
2452 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
2453 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
2454 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil)
2455
2456 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
2457 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
2458 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
2459 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil)
2460
2461 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
2462 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
2463 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
2464 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil)
2465
2466 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2467 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
2468 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
2469 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil)
2470
2471 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
2472 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
2473 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
2474
2475 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
2476 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-keymap> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
2477 checking of documentation strings.
2478
2479 \\{checkdoc-minor-keymap}" t nil)
2480
2481 ;;;***
2482 \f
2483 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
2484 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region setup-chinese-cns-environment setup-chinese-big5-environment
2485 ;;;;;; setup-chinese-gb-environment) "china-util" "language/china-util.el"
2486 ;;;;;; (13774 37678))
2487 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
2488
2489 (autoload (quote setup-chinese-gb-environment) "china-util" "\
2490 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Chinese GB2312 users." t nil)
2491
2492 (autoload (quote setup-chinese-big5-environment) "china-util" "\
2493 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Chinese Big5 users." t nil)
2494
2495 (autoload (quote setup-chinese-cns-environment) "china-util" "\
2496 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Chinese CNS11643 family users." t nil)
2497
2498 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
2499 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
2500 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
2501
2502 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
2503 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil)
2504
2505 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
2506 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
2507 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
2508
2509 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
2510 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil)
2511
2512 ;;;***
2513 \f
2514 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
2515 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (14447 15307))
2516 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
2517
2518 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
2519 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
2520 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
2521 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
2522 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
2523 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
2524
2525 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
2526 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
2527 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
2528 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
2529 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
2530
2531 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
2532
2533 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
2534 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
2535 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
2536 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
2537 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
2538
2539 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
2540 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
2541 \\{command-history-map}
2542
2543 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
2544 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'." t nil)
2545
2546 ;;;***
2547 \f
2548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (14533 31536))
2549 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
2550
2551 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
2552 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
2553 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
2554 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
2555 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
2556 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
2557
2558 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
2559 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
2560
2561 ;;;***
2562 \f
2563 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
2564 ;;;;;; (14518 39681))
2565 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
2566
2567 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
2568
2569 ;;;***
2570 \f
2571 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
2572 ;;;;;; (14368 26241))
2573 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
2574
2575 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
2576 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
2577 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
2578 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
2579
2580 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
2581 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
2582 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
2583
2584 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
2585 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
2586
2587 ;;;***
2588 \f
2589 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (14535
2590 ;;;;;; 44845))
2591 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
2592
2593 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
2594 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
2595 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
2596 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
2597 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
2598 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
2599 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
2600 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
2601
2602 ;;;***
2603 \f
2604 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
2605 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
2606 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (14124 8038))
2607 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
2608
2609 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2610 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
2611 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
2612 ASCII table.
2613
2614 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
2615 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
2616 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
2617 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil)
2618
2619 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2620 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
2621 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
2622
2623 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2624 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
2625 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
2626
2627 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
2628 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
2629 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
2630
2631 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
2632 Return an alist of supported codepages.
2633
2634 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
2635 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
2636 for the character set supported by that codepage.
2637
2638 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
2639 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil)
2640
2641 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
2642 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
2643
2644 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
2645 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
2646 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil)
2647
2648 ;;;***
2649 \f
2650 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
2651 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
2652 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint) "comint" "comint.el" (14535 44845))
2653 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
2654
2655 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
2656 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
2657 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
2658 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
2659 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
2660 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
2661 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
2662 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
2663
2664 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
2665
2666 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
2667 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
2668 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
2669 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
2670 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
2671 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
2672
2673 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
2674 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
2675 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
2676
2677 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
2678
2679 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
2680 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
2681 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
2682
2683 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
2684
2685 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
2686 Send COMMAND to current process.
2687 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
2688 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
2689
2690 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
2691 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
2692 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
2693 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
2694
2695 ;;;***
2696 \f
2697 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (14220
2698 ;;;;;; 18289))
2699 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
2700
2701 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
2702 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
2703 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
2704 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
2705
2706 This command pushes the mark in each window
2707 at the prior location of point in that window.
2708 If both windows display the same buffer,
2709 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
2710 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
2711
2712 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
2713 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
2714 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
2715
2716 ;;;***
2717 \f
2718 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
2719 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
2720 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
2721 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (14440 46010))
2722 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
2723
2724 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
2725 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
2726
2727 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
2728 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
2729
2730 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
2731 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
2732 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
2733 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
2734 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
2735
2736 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
2737 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
2738 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
2739 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
2740 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
2741
2742 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
2743 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
2744 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
2745 describing how the process finished.")
2746
2747 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
2748 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
2749 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
2750 and a string describing how the process finished.")
2751
2752 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
2753 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
2754 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
2755
2756 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
2757 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
2758 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
2759 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
2760
2761 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
2762 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
2763 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
2764 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
2765
2766 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
2767 and move to the source code that caused it.
2768
2769 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
2770 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
2771
2772 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
2773 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
2774 Then start the next one.
2775
2776 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
2777 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
2778 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
2779
2780 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
2781 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
2782 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
2783 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
2784 where grep found matches.
2785
2786 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
2787 easily repeat a grep command.
2788
2789 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
2790 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
2791 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
2792 if that history list is empty)." t nil)
2793
2794 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
2795 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
2796 Collect output in a buffer.
2797 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
2798 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
2799
2800 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
2801 easily repeat a find command." t nil)
2802
2803 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
2804 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
2805 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
2806 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
2807 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
2808
2809 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil)
2810
2811 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
2812 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
2813 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
2814 See `compilation-mode'.
2815 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
2816
2817 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
2818 Toggle compilation minor mode.
2819 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
2820 See `compilation-mode'.
2821 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
2822
2823 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
2824 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
2825
2826 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
2827 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
2828
2829 A prefix arg specifies how many error messages to move;
2830 negative means move back to previous error messages.
2831 Just C-u as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
2832 and start at the first error.
2833
2834 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
2835 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
2836 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
2837 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
2838 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
2839 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
2840
2841 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
2842 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
2843 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
2844
2845 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
2846 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
2847 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
2848
2849 ;;;***
2850 \f
2851 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
2852 ;;;;;; (14393 17619))
2853 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
2854
2855 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
2856 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
2857 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
2858
2859 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
2860 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
2861 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
2862 as much as possible.
2863
2864 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
2865 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
2866 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
2867 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
2868
2869 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the \"<...>\" sequence is interpreted
2870 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
2871 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file /usr/include/sys/time.h.
2872 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil)
2873
2874 ;;;***
2875 \f
2876 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
2877 ;;;;;; (14495 17962))
2878 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
2879
2880 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
2881 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil)
2882
2883 ;;;***
2884 \f
2885 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
2886 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
2887 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
2888 ;;;;;; (14422 57499))
2889 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
2890
2891 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
2892 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
2893 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
2894 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
2895 `make-composition'.
2896
2897 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
2898
2899 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
2900 | | 1:tc or top-center
2901 | | 2:tr or top-right
2902 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
2903 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
2904 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
2905 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
2906 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
2907 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
2908
2909 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
2910 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
2911 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
2912 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
2913 be added.
2914
2915 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
2916 NEW-REF-POINT is `tl' (top-left), the overall glyph is updated as
2917 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
2918
2919 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
2920 | | |
2921 | global| |
2922 | glyph | |
2923 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
2924 +----+--*--+
2925 | | new |
2926 | |glyph|
2927 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
2928 ")
2929
2930 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
2931 Compose characters in the current region.
2932
2933 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
2934
2935 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
2936 specifying the region.
2937
2938 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
2939 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers.
2940
2941 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
2942 of the text in the region.
2943
2944 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
2945
2946 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
2947 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
2948 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
2949 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
2950
2951 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
2952 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
2953 detail.
2954
2955 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
2956 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
2957 text in the composition." t nil)
2958
2959 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
2960 Decompose text in the current region.
2961
2962 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
2963 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
2964
2965 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
2966 Compose characters in string STRING.
2967
2968 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
2969 the characters in it.
2970
2971 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
2972 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
2973 STRING respectively.
2974
2975 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
2976 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
2977 `compose-region' for more detail.
2978
2979 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
2980 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
2981 text in the composition." nil nil)
2982
2983 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
2984 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil)
2985
2986 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
2987 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
2988 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
2989 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
2990 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
2991 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
2992 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
2993 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil)
2994
2995 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
2996 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
2997
2998 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
2999 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
3000
3001 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
3002 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
3003
3004 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
3005 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
3006
3007 If no composition is found, return nil.
3008
3009 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
3010 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
3011
3012 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
3013 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
3014 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
3015
3016 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
3017
3018 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
3019
3020 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
3021 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
3022 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
3023
3024 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
3025
3026 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil)
3027 (put 'composition-function-table 'char-table-extra-slots 0)
3028
3029 (defvar composition-function-table (make-char-table (quote composition-function-table)) "\
3030 Char table of patterns and functions to make a composition.
3031
3032 Each element is nil or an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs
3033 are regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. FUNC is responsible
3034 for composing text matching the corresponding PATTERN. FUNC is called
3035 with three arguments FROM, TO, and PATTERN. See the function
3036 `compose-chars-after' for more detail.
3037
3038 This table is looked up by the first character of a composition when
3039 the composition gets invalid after a change in a buffer.")
3040
3041 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
3042 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
3043
3044 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
3045 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
3046 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
3047 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
3048 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
3049 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
3050 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
3051 nil.
3052
3053 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
3054 is:
3055 nil -- if no characters were composed.
3056 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
3057
3058 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
3059
3060 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil)
3061
3062 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
3063 Compose last characters.
3064 The argument is a parameterized event of the form (compose-last-chars N),
3065 where N is the number of characters before point to compose.
3066 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
3067 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
3068 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N)
3069 after a sequence character events." t nil)
3070 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
3071
3072 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
3073 Convert CHAR to string.
3074 This is only for backward compatibility with Emacs 20.4 and the earlier.
3075
3076 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
3077 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or
3078 vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil)
3079
3080 ;;;***
3081 \f
3082 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
3083 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (13538 26685))
3084 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
3085
3086 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
3087 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file
3088 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
3089
3090 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
3091 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file
3092 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
3093
3094 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
3095 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
3096 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
3097 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
3098
3099 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
3100 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil)
3101
3102 ;;;***
3103 \f
3104 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
3105 ;;;;;; (14463 42213))
3106 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
3107
3108 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
3109 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer to indicate
3110 the current year. If optional prefix ARG is given replace the years in the
3111 notice rather than adding the current year after them. If necessary and
3112 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, the copying permissions following the
3113 copyright, if any, are updated as well." t nil)
3114
3115 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
3116 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
3117
3118 ;;;***
3119 \f
3120 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
3121 ;;;;;; (14456 48530))
3122 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
3123
3124 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
3125 Major mode for editing Perl code.
3126 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
3127 Tab indents for Perl code.
3128 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
3129 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
3130
3131 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
3132 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
3133 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
3134 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
3135 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
3136 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess
3137 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
3138 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
3139 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
3140 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
3141 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
3142 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
3143
3144 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
3145
3146 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
3147 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
3148
3149 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
3150
3151 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
3152 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
3153 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
3154 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
3155 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
3156 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
3157 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
3158 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
3159 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
3160
3161 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
3162
3163 bite if angry;
3164
3165 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
3166 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
3167 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
3168 to nil.)
3169
3170 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
3171 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
3172 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
3173
3174 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
3175
3176 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
3177 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
3178 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
3179 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
3180 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
3181
3182 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
3183
3184 if (A) { B }
3185
3186 into
3187
3188 B if A;
3189
3190 \\{cperl-mode-map}
3191
3192 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
3193 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
3194 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
3195 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
3196 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
3197 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
3198 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
3199 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
3200 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
3201 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
3202 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
3203 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
3204 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
3205
3206 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
3207 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
3208 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
3209 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
3210 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
3211 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
3212
3213 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
3214 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
3215 man via menu.
3216
3217 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
3218 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
3219 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
3220 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
3221 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
3222
3223 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
3224 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
3225 span the needed amount of lines.
3226
3227 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
3228 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
3229 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
3230 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
3231
3232 Variables controlling indentation style:
3233 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
3234 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
3235 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
3236 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
3237 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
3238 `cperl-auto-newline'
3239 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
3240 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
3241 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
3242 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
3243 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
3244 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
3245 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
3246 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
3247 `cperl-indent-level'
3248 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
3249 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
3250 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
3251 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
3252 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
3253 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
3254 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
3255 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
3256 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
3257 `cperl-brace-offset'
3258 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
3259 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
3260 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
3261 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
3262 `cperl-label-offset'
3263 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
3264 `cperl-min-label-indent'
3265 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
3266
3267 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
3268 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
3269 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
3270 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
3271 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
3272
3273 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
3274 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
3275 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
3276 \(both available from menu).
3277
3278 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
3279 column 0 is indented on
3280 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
3281
3282 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
3283 with no args.
3284
3285 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
3286 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
3287 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil)
3288
3289 ;;;***
3290 \f
3291 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
3292 ;;;;;; (13826 9529))
3293 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
3294
3295 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
3296 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
3297 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
3298 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
3299 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil)
3300
3301 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
3302 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil)
3303
3304 ;;;***
3305 \f
3306 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
3307 ;;;;;; (14302 38178))
3308 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
3309
3310 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
3311 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
3312 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
3313 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
3314
3315 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3316 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
3317
3318 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3319
3320 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp))
3321
3322 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
3323 Toggle CRiSP emulation minor mode.
3324 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil)
3325
3326 ;;;***
3327 \f
3328 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
3329 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
3330 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
3331 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
3332 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face
3333 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option
3334 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable
3335 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
3336 ;;;;;; (14545 22746))
3337 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
3338 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
3339
3340 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
3341 Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
3342
3343 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3344 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3345
3346 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3347 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3348
3349 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3350
3351 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
3352 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
3353
3354 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
3355 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
3356
3357 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
3358 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
3359
3360 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3361 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3362
3363 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3364 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3365
3366 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3367
3368 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
3369 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
3370 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
3371 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
3372
3373 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
3374 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
3375
3376 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3377 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3378
3379 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3380 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3381
3382 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3383
3384 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
3385 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
3386 User options are structured into \"groups\".
3387 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
3388 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
3389
3390 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
3391 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
3392
3393 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3394 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
3395
3396 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
3397
3398 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
3399 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil)
3400
3401 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
3402 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
3403 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
3404 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
3405 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
3406
3407 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
3408 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
3409 version." t nil)
3410
3411 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
3412
3413 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3414 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
3415 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
3416
3417 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
3418 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
3419 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil)
3420
3421 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3422 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window." t nil)
3423
3424 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
3425 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
3426
3427 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
3428 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
3429
3430 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
3431 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
3432 If ALL is `options', include only options.
3433 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
3434 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
3435 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
3436 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil)
3437
3438 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
3439 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
3440 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil)
3441
3442 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
3443 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil)
3444
3445 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
3446 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil)
3447
3448 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
3449 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
3450 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
3451 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
3452 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
3453 that option." nil nil)
3454
3455 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3456 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
3457 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
3458 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
3459 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
3460 that option." nil nil)
3461
3462 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
3463 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil)
3464
3465 (defvar custom-file nil "\
3466 File used for storing customization information.
3467 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
3468 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
3469 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
3470
3471 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
3472 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
3473 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
3474 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
3475
3476 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
3477 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
3478
3479 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
3480 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
3481
3482 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
3483 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
3484 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
3485
3486 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
3487 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
3488 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
3489 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
3490 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
3491
3492 ;;;***
3493 \f
3494 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face"
3495 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (14505 58892))
3496 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
3497
3498 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
3499 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
3500
3501 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
3502 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
3503 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
3504
3505 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
3506
3507 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE.
3508 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
3509 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
3510
3511 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
3512
3513 ;;;***
3514 \f
3515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el" (14537 49316))
3516 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
3517
3518 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
3519 Mode used for cvs status output." t)
3520
3521 ;;;***
3522 \f
3523 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
3524 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (14431 15379))
3525 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
3526
3527 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
3528 Minor mode that hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions.
3529
3530 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
3531 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
3532 C++ modes are included.
3533
3534 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
3535
3536 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
3537 Turn on CWarn mode.
3538
3539 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
3540 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil)
3541
3542 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
3543 Hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions in all buffers.
3544
3545 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on globally if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
3546
3547 ;;;***
3548 \f
3549 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
3550 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char setup-cyrillic-alternativnyj-environment
3551 ;;;;;; setup-cyrillic-koi8-environment setup-cyrillic-iso-environment)
3552 ;;;;;; "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (13774 37678))
3553 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
3554
3555 (autoload (quote setup-cyrillic-iso-environment) "cyril-util" "\
3556 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Cyrillic ISO-8859-5 users." t nil)
3557
3558 (autoload (quote setup-cyrillic-koi8-environment) "cyril-util" "\
3559 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Cyrillic KOI8 users." t nil)
3560
3561 (autoload (quote setup-cyrillic-alternativnyj-environment) "cyril-util" "\
3562 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Cyrillic ALTERNATIVNYJ users." t nil)
3563
3564 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
3565 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
3566
3567 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
3568 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
3569
3570 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
3571 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
3572 For readability, the table is slightly
3573 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
3574
3575 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
3576 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
3577 Possible values are listed in 'cyrillic-language-alist'.
3578 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
3579 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil)
3580
3581 ;;;***
3582 \f
3583 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
3584 ;;;;;; (14385 24830))
3585 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
3586
3587 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
3588
3589 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
3590
3591 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
3592 Completion on current word.
3593 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
3594 and presents suggestions for completion.
3595
3596 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
3597 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
3598 completions.
3599
3600 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
3601 then it searches *all* buffers.
3602
3603 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
3604 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
3605
3606 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
3607 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
3608
3609 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
3610 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
3611 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
3612 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
3613 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
3614
3615 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
3616 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
3617
3618 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
3619 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
3620 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
3621
3622 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
3623 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
3624
3625 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
3626
3627 ;;;***
3628 \f
3629 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (13706
3630 ;;;;;; 38927))
3631 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
3632
3633 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
3634 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
3635
3636 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
3637 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
3638 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
3639
3640 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
3641 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
3642 Data lines are not indented.
3643
3644 Key bindings:
3645
3646 \\{dcl-mode-map}
3647 Commands not usually bound to keys:
3648
3649 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
3650 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
3651 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
3652 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
3653
3654 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
3655
3656 dcl-basic-offset
3657 Extra indentation within blocks.
3658
3659 dcl-continuation-offset
3660 Extra indentation for continued lines.
3661
3662 dcl-margin-offset
3663 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
3664
3665 dcl-margin-label-offset
3666 Indentation for a label.
3667
3668 dcl-comment-line-regexp
3669 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
3670
3671 dcl-block-begin-regexp
3672 dcl-block-end-regexp
3673 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
3674 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
3675 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
3676 make it possible to define other places to indent.
3677 Set to nil to disable this feature.
3678
3679 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
3680 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
3681 Two such functions are included in the package:
3682 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
3683 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
3684
3685 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
3686 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
3687 One such function is included in the package:
3688 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
3689
3690 dcl-tab-always-indent
3691 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
3692 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
3693 margin.
3694
3695 dcl-electric-characters
3696 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
3697 typed.
3698
3699 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
3700 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
3701 which words trigger electric indentation.
3702
3703 dcl-tempo-comma
3704 dcl-tempo-left-paren
3705 dcl-tempo-right-paren
3706 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
3707
3708 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
3709 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
3710 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
3711 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
3712
3713 dcl-imenu-label-labels
3714 dcl-imenu-label-goto
3715 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
3716 dcl-imenu-label-call
3717 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
3718
3719 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
3720 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
3721 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
3722 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
3723
3724
3725 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
3726
3727 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
3728 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
3729 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
3730 $ i = 1
3731 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
3732 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
3733 $ label:
3734 $ if i.eq.1
3735 $ then
3736 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
3737 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
3738 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
3739 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
3740 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
3741 \"lined up with the command line\"
3742 $ type sys$input
3743 Data lines are not indented at all.
3744 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
3745 $ endif
3746 $
3747 " t nil)
3748
3749 ;;;***
3750 \f
3751 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
3752 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (14547 29510))
3753 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
3754
3755 (setq debugger (quote debug))
3756
3757 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
3758 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
3759 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
3760 of the evaluator.
3761
3762 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
3763 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
3764 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
3765
3766 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
3767 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
3768 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
3769 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
3770 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
3771 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
3772 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
3773
3774 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
3775 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
3776 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
3777
3778 ;;;***
3779 \f
3780 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
3781 ;;;;;; (13875 47403))
3782 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
3783
3784 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
3785 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
3786
3787 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
3788 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
3789 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
3790 Upper-case letters are commands.
3791
3792 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
3793 modify it.
3794
3795 The most useful commands are:
3796 \\<decipher-mode-map>
3797 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
3798 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
3799 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
3800 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
3801 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
3802
3803 ;;;***
3804 \f
3805 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region)
3806 ;;;;;; "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (14345 52903))
3807 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
3808
3809 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
3810 Prettify all columns in a text region.
3811
3812 START and END delimits the text region." t nil)
3813
3814 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
3815 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
3816
3817 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil)
3818
3819 ;;;***
3820 \f
3821 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (14505
3822 ;;;;;; 12112))
3823 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
3824
3825 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
3826 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
3827 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
3828 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
3829 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
3830 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
3831
3832 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
3833
3834 Customization:
3835
3836 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
3837 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
3838 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
3839 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
3840 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
3841 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
3842 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
3843 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
3844 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
3845 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
3846 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
3847 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
3848 blank line.
3849 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
3850 Directories to search when finding external units.
3851 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
3852 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
3853
3854 Coloring:
3855
3856 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
3857 Face used to color delphi comments.
3858 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
3859 Face used to color delphi strings.
3860 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
3861 Face used to color delphi keywords.
3862 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
3863 Face used to color everything else.
3864
3865 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
3866 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
3867
3868 ;;;***
3869 \f
3870 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode delete-selection-mode) "delsel"
3871 ;;;;;; "delsel.el" (14410 18534))
3872 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
3873
3874 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
3875
3876 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
3877 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
3878 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
3879 positive.
3880
3881 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
3882 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
3883 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
3884 any selection." t nil)
3885
3886 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
3887 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
3888 See command `delete-selection-mode'.
3889 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3890 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
3891
3892 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3893
3894 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel))
3895
3896 ;;;***
3897 \f
3898 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
3899 ;;;;;; "derived" "derived.el" (14410 18534))
3900 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
3901
3902 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
3903 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
3904
3905 The arguments to this command are as follow:
3906
3907 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
3908 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode').
3909 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
3910 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
3911 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
3912 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
3913 hooks for the new mode.
3914
3915 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
3916
3917 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
3918
3919 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
3920 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
3921 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
3922
3923 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
3924 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
3925
3926 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
3927 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
3928 (setq case-fold-search nil))
3929
3930 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
3931 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro))
3932
3933 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
3934 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
3935 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
3936 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
3937 the first time the mode is used." nil nil)
3938
3939 ;;;***
3940 \f
3941 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
3942 ;;;;;; (14495 17963))
3943 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
3944
3945 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
3946 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
3947 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil)
3948
3949 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
3950 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
3951 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
3952 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil)
3953
3954 ;;;***
3955 \f
3956 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-decode-itrans-region devanagari-encode-itrans-region
3957 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region
3958 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region
3959 ;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region devanagari-compose-string devanagari-decompose-region
3960 ;;;;;; devanagari-decompose-string char-to-glyph-devanagari indian-to-devanagari-string
3961 ;;;;;; devanagari-to-indian-region indian-to-devanagari-region devanagari-to-indian
3962 ;;;;;; indian-to-devanagari setup-devanagari-environment) "devan-util"
3963 ;;;;;; "language/devan-util.el" (14423 51006))
3964 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
3965
3966 (autoload (quote setup-devanagari-environment) "devan-util" "\
3967 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for languages using Devanagari." t nil)
3968
3969 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
3970 Convert IS 13194 character CHAR to Devanagari basic characters.
3971 If CHAR is not IS 13194, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
3972
3973 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian) "devan-util" "\
3974 Convert Devanagari basic character CHAR to IS 13194 characters.
3975 If CHAR is not Devanagari basic character, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
3976
3977 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-region) "devan-util" "\
3978 Convert IS 13194 characters in region to Devanagari basic characters.
3979 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
3980 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
3981
3982 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian-region) "devan-util" "\
3983 Convert Devanagari basic characters in region to Indian characters.
3984 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
3985 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
3986
3987 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-string) "devan-util" "\
3988 Convert Indian characters in STRING to Devanagari Basic characters." nil nil)
3989
3990 (autoload (quote char-to-glyph-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
3991 Convert Devanagari characters in STRING to Devanagari glyphs.
3992 Ligatures and special rules are processed." nil nil)
3993
3994 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-string) "devan-util" "\
3995 Decompose Devanagari string STR" nil nil)
3996
3997 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
3998
3999 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-string) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4000
4001 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4002
4003 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
4004 Compose IS 13194 characters in the region to Devanagari characters." t nil)
4005
4006 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4007
4008 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
4009 Decompose Devanagari characters in the region to IS 13194 characters." t nil)
4010
4011 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4012
4013 (autoload (quote devanagari-encode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4014
4015 (autoload (quote devanagari-decode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4016
4017 ;;;***
4018 \f
4019 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el"
4020 ;;;;;; (14523 49787))
4021 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
4022
4023 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
4024 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
4025 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
4026 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
4027 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
4028
4029 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
4030 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
4031 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
4032
4033 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
4034 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
4035 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
4036 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
4037
4038 #!/bin/sh
4039 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
4040 emacs -batch \\
4041 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
4042 european-calendar-style t \\
4043 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
4044 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
4045 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
4046
4047 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
4048 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
4049 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
4050 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil)
4051
4052 ;;;***
4053 \f
4054 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
4055 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (14280 10414))
4056 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
4057
4058 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
4059 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
4060
4061 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
4062 *The command to use to run diff.")
4063
4064 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
4065 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
4066 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
4067 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
4068 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil)
4069
4070 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
4071 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4072 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4073 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4074 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
4075
4076 ;;;***
4077 \f
4078 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
4079 ;;;;;; (14495 17964))
4080 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
4081
4082 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4083 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4084 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent) normal diffs.
4085 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
4086 This mode runs `diff-mode-hook'.
4087 \\{diff-mode-map}" t nil)
4088
4089 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4090 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4091 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
4092
4093 ;;;***
4094 \f
4095 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
4096 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
4097 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
4098 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
4099 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (14522 27392))
4100 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
4101
4102 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
4103 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
4104 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
4105 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
4106 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.")
4107
4108 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
4109 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
4110
4111 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
4112 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
4113 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
4114 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
4115 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
4116
4117 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
4118 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
4119
4120 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
4121 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
4122 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
4123 always set this variable to t.")
4124
4125 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
4126 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
4127 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
4128 A value of t means move to first file.")
4129
4130 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
4131 *Controls marking of renamed files.
4132 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
4133 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
4134 are afterward marked with that character.")
4135
4136 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
4137 *Controls marking of copied files.
4138 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
4139 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4140
4141 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
4142 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
4143 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4144 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4145
4146 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
4147 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
4148 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4149 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4150
4151 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
4152 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
4153 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
4154 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
4155
4156 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
4157
4158 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
4159 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
4160 \(This works on only some systems.)")
4161 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
4162
4163 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
4164 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
4165 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
4166 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
4167 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
4168 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
4169 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
4170 list of files to make directory entries for.
4171 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
4172 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
4173 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
4174 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
4175
4176 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
4177 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
4178
4179 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
4180 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
4181 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
4182
4183 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
4184 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
4185
4186 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
4187 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
4188
4189 ;;;***
4190 \f
4191 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-query-replace dired-do-search dired-hide-all
4192 ;;;;;; dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir
4193 ;;;;;; dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir dired-prev-subdir
4194 ;;;;;; dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir dired-downcase
4195 ;;;;;; dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
4196 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
4197 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
4198 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
4199 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
4200 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
4201 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
4202 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
4203 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (14506 36592))
4204 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
4205
4206 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4207 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
4208 FILE defaults to the file at the mark.
4209 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
4210 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
4211 which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4212
4213 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4214 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4215 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4216 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4217 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
4218 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4219
4220 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
4221 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
4222 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil)
4223
4224 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
4225 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4226
4227 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
4228 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4229
4230 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
4231 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
4232 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
4233 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil)
4234
4235 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
4236 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
4237 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
4238 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
4239 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
4240
4241 If there is output, it goes to a separate buffer.
4242
4243 Normally the command is run on each file individually.
4244 However, if there is a `*' in the command then it is run
4245 just once with the entire file list substituted there.
4246
4247 If there is no `*', but a `?' in the command then it is still run
4248 on each file individually but with the filename substituted there
4249 instead of att the end of the command.
4250
4251 No automatic redisplay of dired buffers is attempted, as there's no
4252 telling what files the command may have changed. Type
4253 \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
4254
4255 The shell command has the top level directory as working directory, so
4256 output files usually are created there instead of in a subdir.
4257
4258 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
4259 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil)
4260
4261 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
4262 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
4263 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
4264 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
4265 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
4266 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil)
4267
4268 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4269
4270 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
4271 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4272
4273 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
4274 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
4275
4276 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
4277 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
4278
4279 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
4280 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
4281 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
4282 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil)
4283
4284 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4285
4286 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4287
4288 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4289
4290 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4291
4292 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4293
4294 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
4295 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil)
4296
4297 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
4298 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
4299 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
4300 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4301 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
4302 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
4303 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4304
4305 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
4306 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4307 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4308 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
4309 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
4310 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4311
4312 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
4313 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4314 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4315 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
4316 and new hard links are made in that directory
4317 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
4318
4319 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
4320 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4321 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
4322 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory." t nil)
4323
4324 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4325 Rename marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4326 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
4327 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
4328 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
4329 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
4330
4331 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
4332 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil)
4333
4334 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4335 Copy all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4336 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4337
4338 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4339 Hardlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4340 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4341
4342 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4343 Symlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4344 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4345
4346 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
4347 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil)
4348
4349 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
4350 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil)
4351
4352 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4353 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
4354 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
4355 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
4356 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
4357 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
4358 this subdirectory.
4359 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
4360
4361 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4362 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
4363 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
4364 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
4365 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
4366 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
4367 this subdirectory.
4368 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
4369
4370 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4371 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
4372 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil)
4373
4374 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4375 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
4376 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
4377 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil)
4378
4379 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
4380 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
4381 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
4382 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil)
4383
4384 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4385 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
4386 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil)
4387
4388 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
4389 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil)
4390
4391 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
4392 Go down in the dired tree." t nil)
4393
4394 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4395 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
4396 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
4397 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil)
4398
4399 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
4400 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
4401 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
4402 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil)
4403
4404 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
4405 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
4406 Stops when a match is found.
4407 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
4408
4409 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace) "dired-aux" "\
4410 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
4411 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
4412 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query replace
4413 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
4414
4415 ;;;***
4416 \f
4417 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (14523 40402))
4418 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
4419
4420 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
4421 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
4422 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
4423 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
4424 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
4425 buffer and try again." t nil)
4426
4427 ;;;***
4428 \f
4429 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (14032 30315))
4430 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
4431
4432 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
4433 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
4434 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
4435
4436 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
4437
4438 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
4439 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
4440
4441 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
4442 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
4443 " nil nil)
4444
4445 ;;;***
4446 \f
4447 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776
4448 ;;;;;; 9615))
4449 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
4450
4451 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
4452 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
4453 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
4454 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
4455 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
4456 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
4457
4458 ;;;***
4459 \f
4460 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
4461 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
4462 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
4463 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
4464 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (14353 44070))
4465 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
4466
4467 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
4468 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
4469
4470 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
4471 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
4472 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
4473 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
4474 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
4475
4476 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
4477 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
4478 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
4479 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
4480 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
4481
4482 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
4483 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil)
4484
4485 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
4486 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
4487
4488 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
4489 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
4490
4491 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
4492 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
4493
4494 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
4495 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
4496
4497 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
4498 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
4499 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
4500 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
4501
4502 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
4503 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
4504 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
4505 X frame." nil nil)
4506
4507 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
4508 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
4509
4510 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" nil nil nil)
4511
4512 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
4513 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
4514
4515 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
4516 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
4517 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
4518 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
4519
4520 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
4521 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
4522 European character display.
4523
4524 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
4525 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
4526 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
4527 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
4528
4529 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
4530 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
4531 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
4532 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
4533 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil)
4534
4535 ;;;***
4536 \f
4537 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
4538 ;;;;;; (13229 28172))
4539 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
4540
4541 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
4542 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
4543 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
4544 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
4545 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
4546 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
4547 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
4548 Default is 2." t nil)
4549
4550 ;;;***
4551 \f
4552 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (13556 41573))
4553 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
4554
4555 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
4556 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
4557
4558 ;;;***
4559 \f
4560 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
4561 ;;;;;; (14288 20375))
4562 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
4563
4564 (defvar double-mode nil "\
4565 Toggle Double mode.
4566 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4567 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
4568
4569 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4570
4571 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double))
4572
4573 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
4574 Toggle Double mode.
4575 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
4576
4577 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
4578 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil)
4579
4580 ;;;***
4581 \f
4582 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (13607 44546))
4583 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
4584
4585 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
4586 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
4587
4588 ;;;***
4589 \f
4590 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
4591 ;;;;;; (14030 48685))
4592 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
4593
4594 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
4595 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
4596
4597 ;;;***
4598 \f
4599 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap define-minor-mode)
4600 ;;;;;; "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (14539 53684))
4601 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
4602
4603 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
4604
4605 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
4606 Define a new minor mode MODE.
4607 This function defines the associated control variable, keymap,
4608 toggle command, and hooks (see `easy-mmode-define-toggle').
4609
4610 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
4611 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
4612 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode-bar when the mode is on.
4613 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
4614 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
4615 in order to build a valid keymap.
4616 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
4617 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks." nil (quote macro))
4618
4619 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
4620
4621 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
4622
4623 ;;;***
4624 \f
4625 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
4626 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (14385
4627 ;;;;;; 24854))
4628 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
4629
4630 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
4631 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
4632 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
4633 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
4634
4635 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
4636 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
4637
4638 :filter FUNCTION
4639
4640 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
4641 menu displayed.
4642
4643 :visible INCLUDE
4644
4645 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
4646 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
4647
4648 :active ENABLE
4649
4650 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
4651 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
4652
4653 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
4654
4655 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
4656
4657 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
4658
4659 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
4660 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
4661
4662 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
4663 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
4664
4665 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
4666
4667 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
4668
4669 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
4670
4671 :keys KEYS
4672
4673 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
4674 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
4675 computed automatically.
4676 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
4677
4678 :key-sequence KEYS
4679
4680 KEYS is nil a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
4681 menu item.
4682 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs first display of
4683 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
4684 keyboard equivalent.
4685
4686 :active ENABLE
4687
4688 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
4689 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
4690
4691 :included INCLUDE
4692
4693 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
4694 expression has a non-nil value.
4695
4696 :suffix NAME
4697
4698 NAME is a string; the name of an argument to CALLBACK.
4699
4700 :style STYLE
4701
4702 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
4703 defined:
4704
4705 toggle: A checkbox.
4706 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
4707 radio: A radio button.
4708 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
4709 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
4710 menu bar itself.
4711 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
4712
4713 :selected SELECTED
4714
4715 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
4716 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
4717
4718 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
4719 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
4720 as a solid horizontal line.
4721
4722 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro))
4723
4724 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil)
4725
4726 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
4727 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
4728 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
4729 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4730
4731 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
4732 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
4733 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
4734 should contain a submenu named NAME.
4735 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
4736 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
4737
4738 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
4739 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
4740 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
4741
4742 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
4743 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil)
4744
4745 ;;;***
4746 \f
4747 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
4748 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
4749 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
4750 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
4751 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (14485 59667))
4752 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
4753
4754 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
4755 Customization for ebnf group." t nil)
4756
4757 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
4758 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
4759
4760 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
4761 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
4762 it to the printer.
4763
4764 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
4765 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
4766 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
4767 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
4768
4769 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
4770 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region.
4771 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
4772
4773 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
4774 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
4775 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
4776 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
4777
4778 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
4779
4780 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
4781 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally.
4782 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
4783
4784 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
4785
4786 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
4787 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
4788
4789 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
4790 The EPS file name has the following form:
4791
4792 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
4793
4794 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
4795 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
4796
4797 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
4798 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
4799 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
4800 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
4801
4802 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
4803
4804 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
4805 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
4806
4807 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
4808 The EPS file name has the following form:
4809
4810 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
4811
4812 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
4813 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
4814
4815 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
4816 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
4817 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
4818 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
4819
4820 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
4821
4822 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
4823
4824 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
4825 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer." t nil)
4826
4827 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
4828 Does a syntatic analysis of a region." t nil)
4829
4830 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
4831 Return the current ebnf2ps setup." nil nil)
4832
4833 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4834 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES." t nil)
4835
4836 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4837 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES." t nil)
4838
4839 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4840 Set STYLE to current style.
4841
4842 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
4843
4844 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4845 Reset current style.
4846
4847 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
4848
4849 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4850 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
4851
4852 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
4853
4854 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
4855 Pop a style and set it to current style.
4856
4857 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
4858
4859 ;;;***
4860 \f
4861 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
4862 ;;;;;; (13778 5499))
4863 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
4864
4865 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
4866 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
4867 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
4868 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
4869
4870 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
4871 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
4872 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
4873
4874 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
4875 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
4876 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
4877
4878 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
4879
4880 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
4881
4882 ;;;***
4883 \f
4884 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
4885 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (14447 15307))
4886 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
4887
4888 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
4889 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
4890 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
4891
4892 ;;;***
4893 \f
4894 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
4895 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (14482 54435))
4896 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
4897
4898 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
4899 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
4900 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
4901 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
4902 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
4903
4904 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
4905 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
4906 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
4907 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
4908
4909 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
4910 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
4911 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
4912 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
4913
4914 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
4915 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
4916 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
4917 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro))
4918
4919 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
4920
4921 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
4922 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
4923 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
4924 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
4925 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
4926
4927 ;;;***
4928 \f
4929 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
4930 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
4931 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
4932 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
4933 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
4934 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
4935 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
4936 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
4937 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3
4938 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (14522 27408))
4939 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
4940
4941 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
4942 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
4943
4944 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
4945 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
4946
4947 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
4948
4949 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
4950
4951 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
4952 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
4953
4954 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
4955
4956 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
4957 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
4958
4959 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
4960
4961 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
4962 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
4963 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
4964 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
4965
4966 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
4967
4968 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
4969 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
4970 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
4971 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
4972
4973 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
4974
4975 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
4976 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
4977 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
4978 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
4979
4980 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
4981
4982 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
4983 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
4984 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
4985 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
4986
4987 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
4988
4989 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
4990 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
4991 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
4992 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
4993 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
4994 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
4995
4996 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
4997 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
4998 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
4999 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5000
5001 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
5002
5003 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5004 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
5005 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5006 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5007
5008 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
5009
5010 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
5011
5012 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5013 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
5014 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5015 follows:
5016 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5017 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5018
5019 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
5020 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
5021 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5022 follows:
5023 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5024 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5025
5026 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5027 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
5028 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
5029 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
5030 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
5031
5032 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
5033 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
5034 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
5035 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
5036 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
5037 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
5038
5039 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
5040
5041 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
5042 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
5043
5044 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5045 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
5046
5047 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
5048
5049 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
5050 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
5051
5052 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5053 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
5054
5055 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
5056 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
5057 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5058 buffer." t nil)
5059
5060 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5061 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
5062 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5063 buffer." t nil)
5064
5065 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
5066 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
5067 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
5068 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
5069
5070 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
5071 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
5072 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
5073 and don't ask the user.
5074 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
5075 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil)
5076
5077 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
5078 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME." t nil)
5079
5080 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
5081
5082 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
5083
5084 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
5085 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
5086 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5087 buffer. Use `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
5088
5089 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
5090
5091 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
5092 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
5093 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
5094
5095 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
5096 Display Ediff's manual.
5097 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
5098
5099 ;;;***
5100 \f
5101 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
5102 ;;;;;; (14522 27392))
5103 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
5104
5105 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" nil t nil)
5106
5107 ;;;***
5108 \f
5109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (14367 2123))
5110 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
5111
5112 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
5113
5114 (progn (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) ["-------" nil nil] "OO-Browser...")))))
5115
5116 (cond ((string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) ((featurep (quote menu-bar)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation)))))
5117
5118 ;;;***
5119 \f
5120 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
5121 ;;;;;; (14398 37488))
5122 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
5123
5124 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
5125 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
5126
5127 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
5128
5129 ;;;***
5130 \f
5131 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
5132 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (14367 2134))
5133 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
5134
5135 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
5136 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
5137 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
5138 which see." t nil)
5139
5140 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
5141 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
5142 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
5143 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
5144
5145 ;;;***
5146 \f
5147 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
5148 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
5149 ;;;;;; (13957 59893))
5150 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
5151 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
5152
5153 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
5154 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
5155 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
5156
5157 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5158 Edit a keyboard macro.
5159 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
5160 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
5161 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
5162 its command name.
5163 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
5164
5165 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5166 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
5167
5168 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5169 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
5170
5171 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5172 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
5173 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
5174 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
5175 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
5176 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
5177
5178 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
5179 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
5180 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
5181 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
5182
5183 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5184 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
5185 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
5186 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
5187 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
5188 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
5189
5190 ;;;***
5191 \f
5192 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on) "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (13271
5193 ;;;;;; 33724))
5194 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
5195
5196 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
5197 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
5198
5199 ;;;***
5200 \f
5201 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
5202 ;;;;;; (13116 19762))
5203 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
5204
5205 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
5206 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
5207 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
5208 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
5209 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
5210 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
5211 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
5212 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
5213
5214 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
5215 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
5216
5217 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
5218 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
5219 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
5220 this value is non-nil.
5221
5222 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
5223 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those
5224 things.
5225
5226 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise) the help
5227 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion')
5228 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
5229
5230 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil)
5231
5232 ;;;***
5233 \f
5234 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-mode) "eldoc"
5235 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (13881 39947))
5236 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
5237
5238 (defvar eldoc-mode nil "\
5239 *If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
5240
5241 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
5242 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
5243 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
5244 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
5245 from the documentation string if possible.
5246
5247 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
5248 instead.
5249
5250 This variable is buffer-local.")
5251
5252 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
5253 *Enable or disable eldoc mode.
5254 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details.
5255
5256 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition
5257 of the mode.
5258 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable
5259 the mode, respectively." t nil)
5260
5261 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
5262 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
5263
5264 ;;;***
5265 \f
5266 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (14495
5267 ;;;;;; 17971))
5268 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
5269
5270 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
5271 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
5272
5273 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
5274 an elided material again.
5275
5276 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hooks' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil)
5277
5278 ;;;***
5279 \f
5280 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
5281 ;;;;;; (13363 2909))
5282 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
5283
5284 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
5285 Initialize elint." t nil)
5286
5287 ;;;***
5288 \f
5289 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-submit-bug-report elp-results elp-instrument-package
5290 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-list elp-restore-function elp-instrument-function)
5291 ;;;;;; "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (13578 6553))
5292 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
5293
5294 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
5295 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
5296 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
5297
5298 (autoload (quote elp-restore-function) "elp" "\
5299 Restore an instrumented function to its original definition.
5300 Argument FUNSYM is the symbol of a defined function." t nil)
5301
5302 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
5303 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
5304 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
5305
5306 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
5307 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
5308 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
5309
5310 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
5311
5312 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
5313 Display current profiling results.
5314 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
5315 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
5316 displayed." t nil)
5317
5318 (autoload (quote elp-submit-bug-report) "elp" "\
5319 Submit via mail, a bug report on elp." t nil)
5320
5321 ;;;***
5322 \f
5323 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
5324 ;;;;;; (13649 21996))
5325 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
5326
5327 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
5328 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
5329 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
5330
5331 ;;;***
5332 \f
5333 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
5334 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
5335 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
5336 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
5337 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (14345 52903))
5338 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
5339
5340 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
5341
5342 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
5343
5344 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
5345
5346 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
5347
5348 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
5349
5350 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
5351
5352 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
5353
5354 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
5355
5356 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
5357
5358 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
5359 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
5360
5361 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
5362 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
5363
5364 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
5365 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
5366
5367 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
5368 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
5369
5370 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
5371
5372 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
5373
5374 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
5375
5376 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
5377
5378 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
5379 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
5380
5381 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
5382 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
5383
5384 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil)
5385
5386 ;;;***
5387 \f
5388 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
5389 ;;;;;; (14516 181))
5390 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
5391
5392 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
5393 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
5394 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5395
5396 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
5397 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
5398 automatically.
5399
5400 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
5401 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
5402 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." nil nil)
5403
5404 ;;;***
5405 \f
5406 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
5407 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (14539 53665))
5408 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
5409
5410 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
5411 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
5412 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
5413 text/enriched format.
5414 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
5415
5416 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
5417 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
5418
5419 Commands:
5420
5421 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
5422
5423 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
5424
5425 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
5426
5427 ;;;***
5428 \f
5429 ;;;### (autoloads (setenv) "env" "env.el" (13582 12516))
5430 ;;; Generated autoloads from env.el
5431
5432 (autoload (quote setenv) "env" "\
5433 Set the value of the environment variable named VARIABLE to VALUE.
5434 VARIABLE should be a string. VALUE is optional; if not provided or is
5435 `nil', the environment variable VARIABLE will be removed.
5436
5437 Interactively, a prefix argument means to unset the variable.
5438 Interactively, the current value (if any) of the variable
5439 appears at the front of the history list when you type in the new value.
5440
5441 This function works by modifying `process-environment'." t nil)
5442
5443 ;;;***
5444 \f
5445 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
5446 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
5447 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
5448 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
5449 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-table-list)
5450 ;;;;;; "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (14411 46114))
5451 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
5452
5453 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
5454 *File name of tags table.
5455 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
5456 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
5457 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
5458 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
5459
5460 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
5461 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
5462 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
5463 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
5464 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
5465 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
5466
5467 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
5468 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
5469 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
5470 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
5471 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
5472
5473 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
5474 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
5475 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
5476 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
5477
5478 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
5479 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
5480 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
5481 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
5482 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
5483
5484 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
5485 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
5486 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
5487 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
5488
5489 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
5490 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
5491 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
5492 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
5493 file the tag was in." t nil)
5494
5495 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
5496 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
5497 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
5498 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
5499 without directory names." nil nil)
5500
5501 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
5502 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
5503 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
5504 but does not select the buffer.
5505 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
5506
5507 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5508 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5509 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5510 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
5511 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5512
5513 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
5514
5515 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5516 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5517 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5518
5519 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5520
5521 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
5522 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
5523 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
5524 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
5525
5526 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5527 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5528 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5529 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
5530 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5531
5532 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
5533
5534 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5535 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5536 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5537
5538 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5539 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
5540
5541 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
5542 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
5543 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
5544 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
5545 around or before point.
5546
5547 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5548 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5549 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5550 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
5551 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5552
5553 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
5554
5555 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5556 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5557 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5558
5559 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5560 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
5561
5562 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
5563 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
5564 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
5565 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
5566 around or before point.
5567
5568 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5569 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5570 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5571 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
5572 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5573
5574 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
5575
5576 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5577 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5578 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5579
5580 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5581 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
5582
5583 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
5584 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
5585 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
5586
5587 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
5588 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
5589 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
5590 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
5591 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
5592
5593 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
5594
5595 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
5596 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
5597 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
5598
5599 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5600 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
5601 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
5602
5603 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
5604 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
5605
5606 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
5607 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
5608 where they were found." t nil)
5609
5610 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
5611 Select next file among files in current tags table.
5612
5613 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
5614 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
5615 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
5616
5617 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
5618 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
5619
5620 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
5621 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
5622
5623 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
5624 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
5625 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
5626 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
5627
5628 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
5629 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
5630 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
5631 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
5632 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
5633 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
5634
5635 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
5636 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
5637 Stops when a match is found.
5638 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
5639
5640 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5641
5642 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
5643 Query-replace-regexp FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table.
5644 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
5645 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace
5646 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
5647
5648 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
5649
5650 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
5651 Display list of tags in file FILE.
5652 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
5653 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
5654 directory specification." t nil)
5655
5656 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
5657 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil)
5658
5659 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
5660 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
5661 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
5662 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil)
5663
5664 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
5665 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
5666 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
5667 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
5668 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil)
5669
5670 ;;;***
5671 \f
5672 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
5673 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
5674 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
5675 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
5676 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
5677 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
5678 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal
5679 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
5680 ;;;;;; (14180 44101))
5681 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
5682
5683 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment) "ethio-util" "\
5684 Setup multilingual environment for Ethiopic." nil nil)
5685
5686 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil)
5687
5688 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
5689 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
5690 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
5691 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
5692
5693 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
5694 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
5695 language.
5696
5697 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
5698 even if the buffer is read-only.
5699
5700 See also the descriptions of the variables
5701 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
5702 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
5703
5704 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5705 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
5706
5707 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
5708 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
5709
5710 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
5711 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
5712 language.
5713
5714 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
5715 buffer is read-only.
5716
5717 See also the descriptions of the variables
5718 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
5719 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
5720
5721 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
5722 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
5723 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
5724
5725 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
5726 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
5727
5728 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
5729 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
5730
5731 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
5732 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil)
5733
5734 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
5735 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
5736 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
5737 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
5738
5739 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
5740 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
5741 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
5742 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
5743
5744 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
5745 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
5746 the primary language.
5747
5748 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
5749 buffer is read-only.
5750
5751 See also the descriptions of the variables
5752 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
5753 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
5754
5755 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5756 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
5757 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
5758 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
5759
5760 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
5761 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
5762 primary language.
5763
5764 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
5765 buffer is read-only.
5766
5767 See also the descriptions of the variables
5768 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
5769 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
5770
5771 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
5772 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
5773 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
5774
5775 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
5776 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
5777
5778 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
5779 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
5780 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
5781 3) convert the body into SERA.
5782
5783 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil)
5784
5785 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
5786 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
5787 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
5788
5789 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
5790 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil)
5791
5792 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
5793 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
5794
5795 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
5796 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
5797 be 1, 2, or 3.
5798
5799 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
5800 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
5801 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
5802
5803 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil)
5804
5805 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
5806 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil)
5807
5808 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5809 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
5810 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil)
5811
5812 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5813 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil)
5814
5815 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5816 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
5817
5818 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
5819 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
5820
5821 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
5822 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil)
5823
5824 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
5825 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil)
5826
5827 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
5828 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil)
5829
5830 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
5831 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil)
5832
5833 ;;;***
5834 \f
5835 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
5836 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
5837 ;;;;;; (14463 3149))
5838 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
5839
5840 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
5841 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
5842 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
5843 server for future sessions." t nil)
5844
5845 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
5846 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
5847
5848 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
5849 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
5850
5851 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
5852 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
5853 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
5854 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
5855 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
5856 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
5857 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
5858 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
5859 If REPLACE is non nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
5860 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
5861 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
5862 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'" t nil)
5863
5864 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
5865 Display a form to query the directory server.
5866 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
5867 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil)
5868
5869 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
5870 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
5871 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect." t nil)
5872
5873 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
5874
5875 ;;;***
5876 \f
5877 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
5878 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
5879 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (14461 51599))
5880 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
5881
5882 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
5883 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA." nil nil)
5884
5885 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
5886 Display URL and make it clickable." nil nil)
5887
5888 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
5889 Display a button to play the sound DATA." nil nil)
5890
5891 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
5892 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible." nil nil)
5893
5894 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
5895 Display a button for the JPEG DATA." nil nil)
5896
5897 ;;;***
5898 \f
5899 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
5900 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (14460 58168))
5901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
5902
5903 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
5904 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
5905 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer." t nil)
5906
5907 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
5908 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record." t nil)
5909
5910 ;;;***
5911 \f
5912 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
5913 ;;;;;; (14460 58176))
5914 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
5915
5916 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
5917 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer." t nil)
5918
5919 ;;;***
5920 \f
5921 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-self-display executable-set-magic)
5922 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (13940 33734))
5923 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
5924
5925 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
5926 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
5927 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
5928 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
5929 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
5930 executable." t nil)
5931
5932 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
5933 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
5934 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil)
5935
5936 ;;;***
5937 \f
5938 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
5939 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (14443 18506))
5940 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
5941
5942 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
5943 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
5944 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
5945 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
5946
5947 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
5948
5949 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
5950 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
5951 to generate such functions.
5952
5953 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
5954 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
5955 beginning of the expanded text.
5956
5957 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
5958 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
5959 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
5960 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
5961
5962 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil)
5963
5964 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
5965 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
5966 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
5967
5968 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
5969 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
5970 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
5971 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
5972 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
5973
5974 ;;;***
5975 \f
5976 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (14546 35423))
5977 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
5978
5979 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
5980 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
5981
5982 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
5983 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
5984 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
5985
5986 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
5987
5988 Key definitions:
5989 \\{f90-mode-map}
5990
5991 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5992
5993 f90-do-indent
5994 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
5995 f90-if-indent
5996 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
5997 f90-type-indent
5998 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
5999 f90-program-indent
6000 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
6001 (default 2)
6002 f90-continuation-indent
6003 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
6004 f90-comment-region
6005 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
6006 region. (default \"!!!$\")
6007 f90-indented-comment-re
6008 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
6009 (default \"!\")
6010 f90-directive-comment-re
6011 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
6012 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
6013 f90-break-delimiters
6014 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
6015 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
6016 f90-break-before-delimiters
6017 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
6018 (default t)
6019 f90-beginning-ampersand
6020 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
6021 f90-smart-end
6022 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
6023 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
6024 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
6025 f90-auto-keyword-case
6026 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
6027 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
6028 f90-leave-line-no
6029 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
6030 f90-startup-message
6031 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t)
6032 f90-keywords-re
6033 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
6034
6035 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
6036 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
6037
6038 ;;;***
6039 \f
6040 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at
6041 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props
6042 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible
6043 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground
6044 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (14539 53665))
6045 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
6046 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
6047 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
6048
6049 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
6050 Menu keymap for faces.")
6051
6052 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
6053
6054 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
6055 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
6056
6057 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
6058
6059 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
6060 Menu keymap for background colors")
6061
6062 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
6063
6064 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
6065 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
6066
6067 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
6068
6069 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
6070 Submenu for text justification commands.")
6071
6072 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
6073
6074 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
6075 Submenu for indentation commands.")
6076
6077 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
6078
6079 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
6080 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
6081
6082 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
6083
6084 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "List Properties") (quote list-text-properties-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
6085
6086 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
6087
6088 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
6089
6090 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
6091 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
6092 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
6093 will not show through at all will be removed.
6094
6095 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer.
6096
6097 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
6098 this command sets the region to the requested face.
6099
6100 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
6101 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
6102 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
6103
6104 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
6105 Set the foreground color of the region or next character typed.
6106 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created).
6107 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
6108 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
6109 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
6110 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
6111 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
6112
6113 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
6114 Set the background color of the region or next character typed.
6115 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created).
6116 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
6117 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
6118 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
6119 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
6120 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
6121
6122 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
6123 Set the face of the region or next character typed.
6124 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
6125 is the menu item's name.
6126
6127 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
6128 this command sets the region to the requested face.
6129
6130 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
6131 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
6132 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
6133
6134 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
6135 Make the region invisible.
6136 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
6137 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6138
6139 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
6140 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
6141 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
6142 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6143
6144 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
6145 Make the region unmodifiable.
6146 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
6147 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6148
6149 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
6150 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil)
6151
6152 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
6153 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil)
6154
6155 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
6156 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
6157 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
6158
6159 (autoload (quote list-text-properties-at) "facemenu" "\
6160 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil)
6161
6162 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
6163 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
6164
6165 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
6166 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
6167 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
6168 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
6169 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
6170
6171 ;;;***
6172 \f
6173 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
6174 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (14477 53252))
6175 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
6176
6177 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
6178 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
6179 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
6180 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
6181
6182 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
6183
6184 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
6185 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
6186 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
6187
6188 Font Lock caches may be saved:
6189 - When you save the file's buffer.
6190 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
6191 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
6192 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
6193 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
6194
6195 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
6196
6197 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
6198 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
6199 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
6200 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
6201
6202 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
6203 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
6204
6205 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
6206
6207 ;;;***
6208 \f
6209 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
6210 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts)
6211 ;;;;;; "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (14415 45092))
6212 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
6213
6214 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
6215 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil)
6216
6217 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
6218 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
6219 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
6220 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil)
6221
6222 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
6223 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
6224 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
6225 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
6226 backup file names and the like)." t nil)
6227
6228 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
6229 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
6230 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
6231 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
6232 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
6233 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
6234 internally by feedmail):
6235
6236 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
6237 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
6238 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
6239 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
6240
6241 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
6242 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
6243 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
6244 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
6245 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil)
6246
6247 ;;;***
6248 \f
6249 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu find-file-at-point
6250 ;;;;;; ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (14412 8705))
6251 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
6252
6253 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
6254 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
6255 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
6256 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
6257 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
6258 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
6259 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil)
6260
6261 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
6262 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
6263 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
6264 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
6265 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
6266 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
6267 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
6268
6269 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil)
6270 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
6271
6272 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
6273 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
6274 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
6275 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
6276 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
6277 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil)
6278
6279 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
6280 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
6281 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
6282 Return value:
6283 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
6284 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
6285 * otherwise, nil" t nil)
6286
6287 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
6288 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil)
6289
6290 ;;;***
6291 \f
6292 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
6293 ;;;;;; (14332 47695))
6294 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
6295
6296 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
6297 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
6298 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
6299 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
6300 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
6301 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
6302 \(directories) is done." t nil)
6303 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
6304 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
6305 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
6306
6307 ;;;***
6308 \f
6309 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
6310 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (14345 52903))
6311 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
6312
6313 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
6314 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
6315 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
6316 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
6317 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
6318
6319 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
6320 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
6321 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
6322 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
6323
6324 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
6325 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
6326 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
6327
6328 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
6329
6330 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
6331 as the final argument." t nil)
6332
6333 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
6334 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
6335 and run dired on those files.
6336 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
6337 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
6338
6339 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil)
6340
6341 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
6342 Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output.
6343 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
6344
6345 find . -exec grep -s ARG {} \\; -ls
6346
6347 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil)
6348
6349 ;;;***
6350 \f
6351 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
6352 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
6353 ;;;;;; (13670 3046))
6354 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
6355
6356 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
6357 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
6358 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file;.
6359
6360 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil)
6361
6362 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
6363 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
6364 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
6365
6366 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
6367 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
6368
6369 Variables of interest include:
6370
6371 - ff-case-fold-search
6372 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see case-fold-search).
6373 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
6374
6375 - ff-always-in-other-window
6376 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
6377 argument is given to ff-find-other-file.
6378
6379 - ff-ignore-include
6380 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
6381
6382 - ff-always-try-to-create
6383 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
6384
6385 - ff-quiet-mode
6386 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
6387
6388 - ff-special-constructs
6389 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
6390 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
6391 extracting the filename from that construct.
6392
6393 - ff-other-file-alist
6394 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
6395
6396 - ff-search-directories
6397 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
6398 ff-other-file-alist that matches this file's extension.
6399
6400 - ff-pre-find-hooks
6401 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
6402
6403 - ff-pre-load-hooks
6404 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
6405
6406 - ff-post-load-hooks
6407 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
6408
6409 - ff-not-found-hooks
6410 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
6411
6412 - ff-file-created-hooks
6413 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil)
6414
6415 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
6416 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
6417
6418 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
6419 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
6420
6421 ;;;***
6422 \f
6423 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
6424 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
6425 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
6426 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
6427 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el"
6428 ;;;;;; (14398 37514))
6429 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
6430
6431 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
6432 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
6433
6434 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
6435 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
6436 not selected.
6437
6438 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
6439 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
6440 in `load-path'." nil nil)
6441
6442 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
6443 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
6444
6445 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
6446 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
6447 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
6448 it is one of the current buffers.
6449
6450 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
6451 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
6452 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
6453
6454 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
6455 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
6456
6457 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
6458
6459 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
6460 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
6461
6462 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
6463
6464 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
6465 Return a pair `(buffer . point)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
6466
6467 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
6468 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
6469 not selected.
6470
6471 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
6472 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil)
6473
6474 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
6475 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
6476
6477 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
6478 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
6479 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
6480 it is one of the current buffers.
6481
6482 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
6483 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
6484 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
6485
6486 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
6487 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
6488
6489 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
6490
6491 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
6492 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
6493
6494 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
6495
6496 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
6497 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
6498 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil)
6499
6500 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
6501 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
6502
6503 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
6504 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
6505
6506 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
6507 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil)
6508
6509 ;;;***
6510 \f
6511 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
6512 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450))
6513 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
6514
6515 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
6516 Toggle flow control handling.
6517 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
6518 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
6519
6520 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
6521 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
6522 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
6523 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
6524 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
6525 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil)
6526
6527 ;;;***
6528 \f
6529 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-mode-off flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el"
6530 ;;;;;; (14512 26322))
6531 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
6532
6533 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
6534 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
6535 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
6536 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
6537 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
6538 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
6539
6540 Bindings:
6541 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
6542 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
6543 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
6544
6545 Hooks:
6546 flyspell-mode-hook is run after flyspell is entered.
6547
6548 Remark:
6549 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
6550 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
6551 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
6552
6553 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
6554 consider adding:
6555 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
6556 in your .emacs file.
6557
6558 flyspell-region checks all words inside a region.
6559
6560 flyspell-buffer checks the whole buffer." t nil)
6561
6562 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
6563 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil)
6564
6565 ;;;***
6566 \f
6567 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
6568 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
6569 ;;;;;; (14392 8455))
6570 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
6571
6572 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
6573 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
6574
6575 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
6576 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
6577
6578 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
6579 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
6580
6581 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
6582 of two major techniques:
6583
6584 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
6585 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
6586 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
6587
6588 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
6589 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
6590 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
6591 movement commands.
6592
6593 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
6594 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
6595 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
6596 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
6597 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
6598 mileage may vary).
6599
6600 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
6601 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
6602
6603 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
6604
6605 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
6606 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
6607 \(This is the default.)
6608
6609 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
6610 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
6611
6612 Keys specific to Follow mode:
6613 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
6614
6615 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
6616 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
6617
6618 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
6619 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
6620 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
6621 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
6622 two windows always will display two successive pages.
6623 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
6624
6625 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
6626 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
6627 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
6628
6629 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
6630 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
6631 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
6632
6633 ;;;***
6634 \f
6635 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode
6636 ;;;;;; global-font-lock-mode font-lock-remove-keywords font-lock-add-keywords
6637 ;;;;;; turn-on-font-lock font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el"
6638 ;;;;;; (14546 54851))
6639 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
6640
6641 (defvar font-lock-mode-hook nil "\
6642 Function or functions to run on entry to Font Lock mode.")
6643
6644 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
6645 Toggle Font Lock mode.
6646 With arg, turn Font Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6647
6648 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
6649
6650 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
6651 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
6652 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the
6653 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
6654
6655 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in
6656 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
6657
6658 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)
6659
6660 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font
6661 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one
6662 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
6663
6664 (global-font-lock-mode t)
6665
6666 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode
6667 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where
6668 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
6669 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
6670 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
6671 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
6672
6673 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support
6674 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs:
6675
6676 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
6677 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t)
6678
6679 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting
6680 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can
6681 use `font-lock-add-keywords'.
6682
6683 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer
6684 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
6685
6686 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of
6687 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused
6688 syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
6689
6690 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default
6691 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a
6692 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil)
6693
6694 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\
6695 Turn on Font Lock mode conditionally.
6696 Turn on only if the terminal can display it." nil nil)
6697
6698 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
6699 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
6700 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
6701 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
6702 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
6703 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
6704 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
6705 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
6706 end of the current highlighting list.
6707
6708 For example:
6709
6710 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
6711 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
6712 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
6713
6714 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
6715 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
6716
6717 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g.,
6718 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
6719 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil)
6720
6721 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
6722 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
6723
6724 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
6725 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer." nil nil)
6726
6727 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
6728 Toggle Global Font Lock mode.
6729 With prefix ARG, turn Global Font Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
6730 Displays a message saying whether the mode is on or off if MESSAGE is non-nil.
6731 Returns the new status of Global Font Lock mode (non-nil means on).
6732
6733 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically
6734 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'." t nil)
6735
6736 (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\
6737 Toggle Global Font Lock mode.
6738 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically
6739 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'.
6740 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6741 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.")
6742
6743 (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
6744
6745 (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock))
6746
6747 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
6748 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil)
6749
6750 ;;;***
6751 \f
6752 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el"
6753 ;;;;;; (14495 18024))
6754 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
6755
6756 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\
6757 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC.
6758 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format:
6759 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ...
6760 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas.
6761
6762 Optional 2nd argument STYLE-VARIANT is a list of font styles
6763 \(e.g. bold, italic) or the symbol t to specify all available styles.
6764 If this argument is specified, fontsets which differs from
6765 FONTSET-NAME in styles are also created. An element of STYLE-VARIANT
6766 may be cons of style and a font name. In this case, the style variant
6767 fontset uses the font for ASCII character set.
6768
6769 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is
6770 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil.
6771
6772 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil)
6773
6774 ;;;***
6775 \f
6776 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (14517
6777 ;;;;;; 9680))
6778 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
6779
6780 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
6781 Toggle footnote minor mode.
6782 \\<message-mode-map>
6783 key binding
6784 --- -------
6785
6786 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
6787 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
6788 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
6789 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
6790 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
6791 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
6792 " t nil)
6793
6794 ;;;***
6795 \f
6796 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
6797 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (14381 57540))
6798 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
6799
6800 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
6801 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
6802
6803 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
6804 TAB forms-next-field TAB
6805 C-c TAB forms-next-field
6806 C-c < forms-first-record <
6807 C-c > forms-last-record >
6808 C-c ? describe-mode ?
6809 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
6810 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
6811 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
6812 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
6813 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
6814 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
6815 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
6816 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
6817 C-c C-x forms-exit x
6818 " t nil)
6819
6820 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
6821 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
6822
6823 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
6824 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
6825
6826 ;;;***
6827 \f
6828 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
6829 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (14537 23071))
6830 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
6831
6832 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
6833 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
6834 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
6835 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
6836 with a character in column 6.")
6837
6838 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
6839 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
6840 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
6841 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
6842
6843 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for
6844 Fortran keywords.
6845
6846 Key definitions:
6847 \\{fortran-mode-map}
6848
6849 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6850
6851 `comment-start'
6852 Normally nil in Fortran mode. If you want to use comments
6853 starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
6854 `fortran-do-indent'
6855 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
6856 `fortran-if-indent'
6857 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
6858 `fortran-structure-indent'
6859 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
6860 (default 3)
6861 `fortran-continuation-indent'
6862 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
6863 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
6864 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
6865 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
6866 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
6867 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
6868 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
6869 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
6870 (for TAB format continuation style).
6871 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
6872 indentation for a line of code.
6873 (default 'fixed)
6874 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
6875 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
6876 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
6877 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
6878 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
6879 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
6880 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
6881 `fortran-line-number-indent'
6882 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
6883 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
6884 column 5. (default 1)
6885 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
6886 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
6887 statements. (default nil)
6888 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
6889 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
6890 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
6891 statement. (default nil)
6892 `fortran-continuation-string'
6893 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
6894 line. (default \"$\")
6895 `fortran-comment-region'
6896 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
6897 region. (default \"c$$$\")
6898 `fortran-electric-line-number'
6899 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
6900 as typed. (default t)
6901 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
6902 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters.
6903 (default t)
6904
6905 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
6906 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
6907
6908 ;;;***
6909 \f
6910 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
6911 ;;;;;; (13973 3308))
6912 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
6913
6914 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
6915 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
6916
6917 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
6918 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
6919
6920 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
6921 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
6922 function.
6923
6924 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
6925 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
6926 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
6927 comment-start syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
6928 pair are considered to be comment-start and comment-end respectively.
6929 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
6930
6931 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
6932 Each keyword should be a string.
6933
6934 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
6935 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
6936
6937 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to auto-mode-alist.
6938 These regexps are added to auto-mode-alist as soon as `define-generic-mode'
6939 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
6940
6941 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
6942
6943 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil)
6944
6945 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
6946 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
6947 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
6948 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
6949
6950 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
6951 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil)
6952
6953 ;;;***
6954 \f
6955 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
6956 ;;;;;; (14480 59906))
6957 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
6958
6959 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
6960 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
6961 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
6962 at places they belong to." t nil)
6963
6964 ;;;***
6965 \f
6966 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
6967 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (14030 49411))
6968 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
6969
6970 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
6971 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil)
6972
6973 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
6974 Read network news.
6975 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
6976 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
6977 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
6978 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
6979 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
6980
6981 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
6982 Read news as a slave." t nil)
6983
6984 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
6985 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
6986
6987 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
6988 Read network news.
6989 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
6990 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
6991 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
6992
6993 ;;;***
6994 \f
6995 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
6996 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
6997 ;;;;;; (14030 49649))
6998 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
6999
7000 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
7001 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil)
7002
7003 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
7004 Start Gnus plugged." t nil)
7005
7006 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
7007 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
7008 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
7009 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
7010
7011 \(gnus-agentize)
7012
7013 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
7014 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
7015 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil)
7016
7017 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
7018 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil)
7019
7020 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil)
7021
7022 ;;;***
7023 \f
7024 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
7025 ;;;;;; (14030 49288))
7026 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
7027
7028 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
7029 Play a sound through the speaker." t nil)
7030
7031 ;;;***
7032 \f
7033 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
7034 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14030
7035 ;;;;;; 49293))
7036 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
7037
7038 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
7039 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
7040
7041 Usage:
7042 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
7043
7044 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
7045 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
7046
7047 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
7048 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
7049
7050 ;;;***
7051 \f
7052 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
7053 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (14177 56552))
7054 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
7055
7056 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
7057 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
7058 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
7059
7060 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
7061 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil)
7062
7063 ;;;***
7064 \f
7065 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
7066 ;;;;;; (14030 49328))
7067 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
7068
7069 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
7070
7071 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
7072 Run batched scoring.
7073 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil)
7074
7075 ;;;***
7076 \f
7077 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
7078 ;;;;;; (14030 49334))
7079 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
7080
7081 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
7082 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
7083 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
7084
7085 ;;;***
7086 \f
7087 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-initialize gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule"
7088 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mule.el" (14092 5540))
7089 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
7090
7091 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
7092 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
7093 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
7094 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car and cdr part are regarded as
7095 coding-system for reading and writing respectively." nil nil)
7096
7097 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-initialize) "gnus-mule" "\
7098 Do several settings for GNUS to enable automatic code conversion." nil nil)
7099
7100 ;;;***
7101 \f
7102 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
7103 ;;;;;; (14030 49357))
7104 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
7105
7106 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
7107 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
7108 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
7109 for matching on group names.
7110
7111 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
7112 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
7113
7114 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
7115
7116 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil)
7117
7118 ;;;***
7119 \f
7120 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
7121 ;;;;;; (14030 49359))
7122 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
7123
7124 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
7125 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
7126
7127 ;;;***
7128 \f
7129 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
7130 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (14345 52937))
7131 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
7132
7133 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
7134 Unload all Gnus features." t nil)
7135
7136 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
7137 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
7138
7139 ;;;***
7140 \f
7141 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
7142 ;;;;;; (14030 49407))
7143 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
7144
7145 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
7146 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
7147
7148 ;;;***
7149 \f
7150 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (13940 33566))
7151 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
7152
7153 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
7154 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
7155 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
7156 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
7157 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
7158
7159 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
7160 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
7161 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
7162
7163 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
7164 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
7165 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
7166
7167 ;;;***
7168 \f
7169 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
7170 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (14385 24830))
7171 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
7172
7173 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
7174 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
7175 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
7176 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
7177 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil)
7178
7179 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
7180 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
7181 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
7182 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
7183 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil)
7184
7185 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
7186 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
7187 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
7188 or to send e-mail.
7189 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
7190
7191 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
7192 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil)
7193
7194 ;;;***
7195 \f
7196 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (14300 2906))
7197 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
7198
7199 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
7200 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
7201 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
7202 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
7203 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil)
7204
7205 ;;;***
7206 \f
7207 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
7208 ;;;;;; (14517 9487))
7209 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
7210
7211 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
7212 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7213 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7214 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7215
7216 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
7217 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7218 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7219 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7220
7221 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
7222 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7223 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7224 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7225
7226 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
7227 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7228 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7229 and source-file directory for your debugger.
7230
7231 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
7232 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
7233
7234 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
7235 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
7236 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7237 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7238
7239 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
7240 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
7241 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
7242 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
7243
7244 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
7245 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer. The buffer is named
7246 \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\"
7247 if there is. If the \"-classpath\" switch is given, omit all whitespace
7248 between it and it's value." t nil)
7249 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
7250
7251 ;;;***
7252 \f
7253 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (14033
7254 ;;;;;; 23942))
7255 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
7256
7257 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
7258 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
7259 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
7260 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
7261
7262 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
7263 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
7264 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
7265 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil)
7266
7267 ;;;***
7268 \f
7269 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
7270 ;;;;;; (14539 53714))
7271 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
7272
7273 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
7274 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil)
7275
7276 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
7277 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
7278 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
7279 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
7280
7281 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil)
7282
7283 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
7284 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
7285 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
7286 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
7287 to be updated." t nil)
7288
7289 ;;;***
7290 \f
7291 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
7292 ;;;;;; (14264 39262))
7293 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
7294
7295 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
7296 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
7297 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
7298 and window listing and describing the options.
7299 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
7300 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
7301
7302 ;;;***
7303 \f
7304 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
7305 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (14518 20602))
7306 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
7307
7308 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
7309 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
7310
7311 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
7312 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
7313
7314 ;;;***
7315 \f
7316 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
7317 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (14335 43064))
7318 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
7319
7320 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
7321 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
7322 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
7323 if the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
7324 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
7325
7326 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
7327 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
7328
7329 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
7330 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
7331 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
7332 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
7333
7334 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
7335 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
7336 periods.
7337
7338 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
7339 in hexl format.
7340
7341 A sample format:
7342
7343 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
7344 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
7345 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
7346 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
7347 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
7348 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
7349 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
7350 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
7351 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
7352 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
7353 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
7354 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
7355 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
7356 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
7357 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
7358
7359 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
7360 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
7361 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
7362
7363 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
7364 also supported.
7365
7366 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
7367
7368 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
7369 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
7370 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
7371
7372 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
7373 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
7374 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
7375
7376 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
7377 into the buffer at the current point.
7378
7379 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
7380 into the buffer at the current point.
7381
7382 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
7383 into the buffer at the current point.
7384
7385 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
7386
7387 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
7388 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
7389
7390 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
7391
7392 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
7393
7394 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
7395 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
7396 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
7397
7398 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
7399 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
7400 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
7401
7402 ;;;***
7403 \f
7404 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
7405 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (14392 886))
7406 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
7407
7408 (defvar hide-ifdef-mode nil "\
7409 Non-nil when hide-ifdef-mode is activated.")
7410
7411 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
7412 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
7413 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
7414 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
7415 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
7416 how the hiding is done:
7417
7418 hide-ifdef-env
7419 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
7420 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
7421 is used.
7422
7423 hide-ifdef-define-alist
7424 An association list of defined symbol lists.
7425 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
7426 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
7427 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
7428
7429 hide-ifdef-lines
7430 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
7431 #endif lines when hiding.
7432
7433 hide-ifdef-initially
7434 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
7435 is activated.
7436
7437 hide-ifdef-read-only
7438 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
7439 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
7440
7441 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
7442
7443 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
7444 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
7445
7446 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
7447 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
7448
7449 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
7450 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
7451
7452 ;;;***
7453 \f
7454 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
7455 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (14512 26322))
7456 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
7457
7458 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
7459 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
7460
7461 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
7462 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
7463 Each element has the form
7464 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
7465
7466 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
7467 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
7468
7469 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
7470 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
7471
7472 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
7473 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
7474 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
7475 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For
7476 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
7477
7478 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
7479 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
7480
7481 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
7482 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
7483
7484 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
7485 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
7486 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
7487
7488 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
7489 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
7490 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
7491 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
7492 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
7493 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
7494
7495 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
7496 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-show-region'. There is also
7497 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
7498
7499 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
7500 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
7501
7502 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
7503
7504 Key bindings:
7505 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
7506
7507 ;;;***
7508 \f
7509 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
7510 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
7511 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
7512 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (14288 22009))
7513 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
7514
7515 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
7516
7517 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
7518 Remove the change face from the region.
7519 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil)
7520
7521 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
7522 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
7523
7524 Without an argument,
7525 if Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (to either active
7526 or passive as determined by variable highlight-changes-initial-state);
7527 otherwise, toggle between active and passive states.
7528
7529 With an argument,
7530 if just C-u or a positive argument, set state to active;
7531 with a zero argument, set state to passive;
7532 with a negative argument, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
7533
7534 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
7535 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
7536 not displayed in a different face.
7537
7538 Functions:
7539 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
7540 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
7541 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
7542 buffer with the contents of a file
7543 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
7544 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
7545 various faces.
7546
7547
7548 Hook variables:
7549 highlight-changes-enable-hook - when Highlight Changes mode enabled.
7550 highlight-changes-toggle-hook - when entering active or passive state
7551 highlight-changes-disable-hook - when turning off Highlight Changes mode.
7552 " t nil)
7553
7554 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
7555 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
7556
7557 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
7558 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
7559
7560 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
7561 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
7562
7563 Current changes will be display in the face described by the first element
7564 of highlight-changes-face-list, those (older) changes will be shown in the
7565 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
7566 shown in the last face in the list.
7567
7568 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
7569 by adding this to local-write-file-hooks, by evaling (in the
7570 buffer to be saved):
7571 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)
7572 " t nil)
7573
7574 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
7575 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
7576
7577 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
7578 and not in read-only mode.
7579
7580 If the backup filename exists, it is used as the default
7581 when called interactively.
7582
7583 If a buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it also will
7584 have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is read in
7585 temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
7586
7587 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
7588 changes made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
7589 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil)
7590
7591 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
7592 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
7593
7594 When called interactively:
7595 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
7596 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
7597 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
7598 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
7599
7600 When called from a program:
7601 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
7602 - if ARG is 'active, turn it on in active mode
7603 - if ARG is 'passive, turn it on in passive mode
7604 - otherwise just turn it on
7605
7606 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
7607 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
7608 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
7609 \"Suitablity\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil)
7610
7611 ;;;***
7612 \f
7613 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
7614 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
7615 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
7616 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
7617 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (14398 37488))
7618 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
7619
7620 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
7621 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
7622 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
7623 or insert functions in this list.")
7624
7625 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
7626 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
7627
7628 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
7629 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
7630
7631 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
7632 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
7633
7634 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
7635 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
7636
7637 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
7638 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
7639 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
7640
7641 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
7642 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
7643 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
7644 \(as atoms)")
7645
7646 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
7647 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
7648 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
7649 \(as atoms). If non-NIL, this variable overrides the variable
7650 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
7651
7652 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
7653 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
7654 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
7655 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
7656 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
7657 expansions.
7658 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
7659 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
7660 undoes the expansion." t nil)
7661
7662 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
7663 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
7664 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
7665 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro))
7666
7667 ;;;***
7668 \f
7669 ;;;### (autoloads (hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
7670 ;;;;;; (14454 80))
7671 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
7672
7673 (defvar hl-line-mode nil "\
7674 Toggle Hl-Line mode.
7675 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7676 use either \\[customize] or the function `hl-line-mode'.")
7677
7678 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable))
7679
7680 (custom-add-load (quote hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line))
7681
7682 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
7683 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
7684
7685 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
7686 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on
7687 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil)
7688
7689 ;;;***
7690 \f
7691 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
7692 ;;;;;; (13462 53924))
7693 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
7694
7695 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
7696 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
7697
7698 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
7699 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
7700
7701 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil)
7702
7703 ;;;***
7704 \f
7705 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
7706 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "hscroll.el" (14454 81))
7707 ;;; Generated autoloads from hscroll.el
7708
7709 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
7710 This function is obsolete." nil nil)
7711
7712 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
7713 This function is absolete." t nil)
7714
7715 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
7716 This function is absolete." t nil)
7717
7718 ;;;***
7719 \f
7720 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
7721 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (14440 64840))
7722 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
7723
7724 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
7725 Activate incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
7726 Deactivates with negative universal argument." t nil)
7727
7728 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
7729 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
7730 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
7731
7732 ;;;***
7733 \f
7734 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (13549 39403))
7735 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
7736
7737 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
7738 Major mode for editing Icon code.
7739 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
7740 Tab indents for Icon code.
7741 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
7742 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
7743 \\{icon-mode-map}
7744 Variables controlling indentation style:
7745 icon-tab-always-indent
7746 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
7747 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
7748 icon-auto-newline
7749 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
7750 inserted in Icon code.
7751 icon-indent-level
7752 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
7753 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
7754 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
7755 icon-continued-statement-offset
7756 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
7757 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
7758 icon-continued-brace-offset
7759 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
7760 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
7761 icon-brace-offset
7762 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
7763 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
7764 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
7765 this far to the right of the start of its line.
7766
7767 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
7768 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
7769
7770 ;;;***
7771 \f
7772 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
7773 ;;;;;; (14495 18053))
7774 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
7775
7776 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
7777 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
7778 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
7779 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
7780
7781 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
7782 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
7783 separate frames.
7784
7785 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name'.
7786
7787 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
7788 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
7789 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
7790
7791 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
7792
7793 ;;;***
7794 \f
7795 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
7796 ;;;;;; (14495 18054))
7797 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
7798
7799 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
7800 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
7801
7802 The main features of this mode are
7803
7804 1. Indentation and Formatting
7805 --------------------------
7806 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
7807 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
7808
7809 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This function can also
7810 be used in the middle of a line to split the line at that point.
7811 When used inside a long constant string, the string is split at
7812 that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
7813
7814 Comments are indented as follows:
7815
7816 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
7817 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
7818 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
7819
7820 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
7821
7822 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a comment. The indentation
7823 of the second line of the paragraph relative to the first will be
7824 retained. Use \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these comments.
7825 When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is nil, code
7826 can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not recommended).
7827
7828 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
7829 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs].
7830 Then mark the entire buffer again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
7831
7832 2. Routine Info
7833 ------------
7834 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the accepted
7835 keyword parameters of a procedure or function with \\[idlwave-routine-info].
7836 \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the source file of a module.
7837 These commands know about system routines, all routines in idlwave-mode
7838 buffers and (when the idlwave-shell is active) about all modules
7839 currently compiled under this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
7840 information, which is also used for completion (see next item).
7841
7842 3. Completion
7843 ----------
7844 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions and
7845 keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and figures out what
7846 is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword). Lower case
7847 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
7848 upper case.
7849
7850 4. Code Templates and Abbreviations
7851 --------------------------------
7852 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
7853 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
7854
7855 \\pr PROCEDURE template
7856 \\fu FUNCTION template
7857 \\c CASE statement template
7858 \\f FOR loop template
7859 \\r REPEAT Loop template
7860 \\w WHILE loop template
7861 \\i IF statement template
7862 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
7863 \\b BEGIN
7864
7865 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
7866 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
7867
7868 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
7869 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
7870 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
7871
7872 5. Automatic Case Conversion
7873 -------------------------
7874 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
7875 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
7876
7877 6. Automatic END completion
7878 ------------------------
7879 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
7880 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
7881
7882 7. Hooks
7883 -----
7884 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
7885 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
7886
7887 8. Documentation and Customization
7888 -------------------------------
7889 Info documentation for this package is available. Use \\[idlwave-info]
7890 to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does not work).
7891 For Postscript and HTML versions of the documentation, check IDLWAVE's
7892 homepage at `http://www.strw.leidenuniv.nl/~dominik/Tools/idlwave'.
7893 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
7894
7895 9. Keybindings
7896 -----------
7897 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
7898 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
7899 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
7900
7901 \\{idlwave-mode-map}" t nil)
7902
7903 ;;;***
7904 \f
7905 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (13638 47263))
7906 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
7907 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
7908
7909 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
7910 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
7911 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil)
7912
7913 ;;;***
7914 \f
7915 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage remove-images insert-image put-image
7916 ;;;;;; create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
7917 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (14524 62778))
7918 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
7919
7920 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
7921 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
7922 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
7923 be determined." nil nil)
7924
7925 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
7926 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
7927 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
7928 be determined." nil nil)
7929
7930 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
7931 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
7932 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil)
7933
7934 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
7935 Create an image.
7936 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
7937 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
7938 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
7939 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
7940 use its file extension.as image type.
7941 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
7942 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
7943 like, e.g. `:heuristic-mask t'.
7944 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil)
7945
7946 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
7947 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
7948 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
7949 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
7950 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
7951 image.
7952 POS may be an integer or marker.
7953 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
7954 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
7955 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
7956 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
7957
7958 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
7959 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
7960 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
7961 with a `display' property whose value is the image.
7962 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
7963 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
7964 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
7965 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
7966
7967 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
7968 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
7969 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
7970 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil)
7971
7972 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
7973 Define SYMBOL as an image.
7974
7975 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
7976 documentation string.
7977
7978 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
7979 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
7980 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
7981 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
7982 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
7983 string containing the actual image data. The first image
7984 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
7985 define SYMBOL.
7986
7987 Example:
7988
7989 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
7990 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro))
7991
7992 ;;;***
7993 \f
7994 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
7995 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (14315 33489))
7996 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
7997
7998 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
7999 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
8000
8001 Affects only the mouse index menu.
8002
8003 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
8004 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
8005 in the buffer.
8006
8007 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
8008
8009 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
8010 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
8011 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
8012
8013 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
8014 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
8015
8016 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
8017 to create a buffer index.
8018
8019 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
8020 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
8021 or like this:
8022 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
8023 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
8024 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
8025 of the form (NAME FUNCTION POSITION-MARKER ARGUMENTS...)
8026 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS beiong copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
8027
8028 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
8029 entries are not nested.
8030
8031 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
8032 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
8033 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
8034 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
8035
8036 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
8037 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
8038
8039 The variable is buffer-local.
8040
8041 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
8042 regexp matches are case sensitive. and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
8043 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
8044
8045 For example, see the value of `lisp-imenu-generic-expression' used by
8046 `lisp-mode' and `emacs-lisp-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set
8047 locally to give the characters which normally have \"punctuation\"
8048 syntax \"word\" syntax during matching.")
8049
8050 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
8051
8052 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
8053 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
8054
8055 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
8056 of the current buffer as an alist.
8057
8058 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
8059 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
8060 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
8061 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
8062 if it is a sub-alist.
8063
8064 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
8065
8066 The variable is buffer-local.")
8067
8068 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
8069
8070 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
8071 Function for finding the next index position.
8072
8073 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
8074 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
8075 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
8076 file.
8077
8078 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
8079 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
8080
8081 This variable is local in all buffers.")
8082
8083 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
8084
8085 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
8086 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
8087
8088 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
8089 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
8090 It should return the name for that index item.
8091
8092 This variable is local in all buffers.")
8093
8094 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
8095
8096 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
8097 Function to compare string with index item.
8098
8099 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
8100 non-nil if they match.
8101
8102 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
8103 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
8104 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
8105 arguments match\".
8106
8107 This variable is local in all buffers.")
8108
8109 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
8110
8111 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
8112 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
8113 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
8114
8115 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
8116
8117 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
8118
8119 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
8120 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
8121 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
8122 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
8123
8124 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
8125 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
8126
8127 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil)
8128
8129 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
8130 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
8131 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
8132 for more information." t nil)
8133
8134 ;;;***
8135 \f
8136 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
8137 ;;;;;; (13898 16429))
8138 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
8139
8140 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
8141 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
8142 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
8143 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
8144 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
8145
8146 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
8147 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
8148
8149 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
8150 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
8151 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
8152 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
8153 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
8154 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
8155 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
8156 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
8157
8158 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
8159 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
8160 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
8161 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
8162 Inferior Lisp buffer.
8163
8164 More precise choices:
8165 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
8166 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
8167 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
8168
8169 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
8170
8171 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
8172 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
8173
8174 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
8175 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
8176 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
8177 to that buffer.
8178 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
8179 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
8180 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
8181 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
8182 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
8183
8184 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
8185
8186 ;;;***
8187 \f
8188 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
8189 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node info-standalone info info-other-window)
8190 ;;;;;; "info" "info.el" (14544 60288))
8191 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
8192
8193 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
8194 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil)
8195 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
8196
8197 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
8198 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
8199 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
8200 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
8201 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
8202 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
8203
8204 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
8205 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
8206
8207 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
8208 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
8209 in all the directories in that path." t nil)
8210
8211 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
8212 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
8213 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
8214 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil)
8215
8216 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
8217 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
8218 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index
8219 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
8220 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
8221
8222 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
8223 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual the command bound to KEY, a string.
8224 Interactively, if the binding is execute-extended-command, a command is read.
8225 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index
8226 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
8227 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
8228
8229 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
8230 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
8231 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil)
8232
8233 ;;;***
8234 \f
8235 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
8236 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
8237 ;;;;;; (14539 53666))
8238 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
8239
8240 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
8241 Throw away all cached data.
8242 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
8243 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
8244 system." t nil)
8245
8246 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
8247 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
8248 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
8249 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
8250 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
8251 The default symbol is the one found at point.
8252
8253 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil)
8254
8255 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
8256 Display the documentation of a file.
8257 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
8258 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
8259 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
8260 The default file name is the one found at point.
8261
8262 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil)
8263
8264 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
8265 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil)
8266
8267 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
8268 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil)
8269
8270 ;;;***
8271 \f
8272 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
8273 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (14281 34724))
8274 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
8275
8276 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
8277 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil)
8278
8279 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
8280 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
8281 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
8282
8283 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
8284 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
8285 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
8286
8287 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
8288 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
8289 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
8290 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
8291
8292 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
8293 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
8294 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
8295
8296 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
8297 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
8298 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
8299 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
8300 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
8301
8302 ;;;***
8303 \f
8304 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
8305 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
8306 ;;;;;; (13770 35556))
8307 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
8308
8309 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
8310 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil)
8311
8312 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
8313 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil)
8314
8315 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil)
8316
8317 ;;;***
8318 \f
8319 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
8320 ;;;;;; (14388 10886))
8321 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
8322
8323 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
8324 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
8325 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
8326 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
8327 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
8328 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
8329
8330 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
8331 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
8332
8333 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
8334 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
8335 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
8336 \"s gives German sharp s.
8337 /a gives a with ring.
8338 /e gives an a-e ligature.
8339 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
8340 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
8341 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
8342
8343 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
8344 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
8345
8346 ;;;***
8347 \f
8348 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
8349 ;;;;;; iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex
8350 ;;;;;; iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el"
8351 ;;;;;; (13768 42838))
8352 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
8353
8354 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
8355 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
8356 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8357 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8358 `format-alist')." t nil)
8359
8360 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
8361 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
8362 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8363 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8364 `format-alist')." t nil)
8365
8366 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
8367 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
8368 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8369 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8370 `format-alist')." t nil)
8371
8372 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
8373 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
8374 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8375 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8376 `format-alist')." t nil)
8377
8378 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
8379 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
8380 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8381 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8382 `format-alist')." t nil)
8383
8384 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
8385 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
8386 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8387 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8388 `format-alist')." t nil)
8389
8390 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
8391 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
8392 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
8393 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
8394 `format-alist')." t nil)
8395
8396 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
8397 Warn that format is read-only." t nil)
8398
8399 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
8400 Warn that format is write-only." t nil)
8401
8402 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
8403 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil)
8404
8405 ;;;***
8406 \f
8407 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
8408 ;;;;;; (14164 4477))
8409 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
8410 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
8411 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
8412 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
8413
8414 ;;;***
8415 \f
8416 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
8417 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
8418 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
8419 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist ispell-local-dictionary-alist
8420 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
8421 ;;;;;; (14457 51532))
8422 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
8423
8424 (defconst ispell-xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\
8425 Non nil if using XEmacs.")
8426
8427 (defconst ispell-version18p (string-match "18\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
8428 Non nil if using emacs version 18.")
8429
8430 (defconst ispell-version20p (string-match "20\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
8431 Non nil if using emacs version 20.")
8432
8433 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
8434 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
8435 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
8436 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
8437
8438 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
8439 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
8440 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
8441
8442 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasiliano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[---]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[---]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
8443
8444 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
8445
8446 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[---']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
8447
8448 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[---'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
8449
8450 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2))))
8451
8452 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
8453
8454 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
8455 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
8456
8457 Each element of this list is also a list:
8458
8459 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
8460 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
8461
8462 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
8463 nil means the default dictionary.
8464
8465 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
8466 word.
8467
8468 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
8469
8470 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
8471 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
8472 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
8473 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
8474 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
8475 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
8476 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
8477 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
8478 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
8479
8480 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
8481 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
8482 single word.
8483
8484 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
8485 subprocess.
8486
8487 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
8488 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
8489 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
8490 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
8491 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
8492 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
8493 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
8494 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
8495
8496 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
8497
8498 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
8499 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
8500 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
8501
8502 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
8503 Key map for ispell menu.")
8504
8505 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
8506 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
8507 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
8508 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
8509
8510 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not ispell-version18p) (not ispell-xemacsp) (quote reload)))
8511
8512 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (path (and (boundp (quote ispell-library-path)) ispell-library-path)) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 (car dicts))))) dicts (cdr dicts)) (cond ((not (stringp name)) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (quote default)) (cons "Select Default Dict" (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "default"))))) ((or (not path) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name)) (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name)))))))))
8513
8514 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote ("Change Dictionary" . ispell-change-dictionary))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote ("Kill Process" . ispell-kill-ispell))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote ("Save Dictionary" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote ("Complete Word" . ispell-complete-word))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote ("Complete Word Frag" . ispell-complete-word-interior-frag)))))
8515
8516 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote ("Continue Check" . ispell-continue))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote ("Check Word" . ispell-word))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote ("Check Comments" . ispell-comments-and-strings))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote ("Check Region" . ispell-region))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote ("Check Buffer" . ispell-buffer)))))
8517
8518 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote ("Check Message" . ispell-message))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote ("Help" lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))))) (put (quote ispell-region) (quote menu-enable) (quote mark-active)) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
8519
8520 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|-\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|-\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|-\\|~\\)+\\)+"))) "\
8521 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
8522 The alist key must be a regular expression.
8523 Valid forms include:
8524 (KEY) - just skip the key.
8525 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
8526 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
8527 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
8528
8529 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
8530 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
8531 First list is used raw.
8532 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
8533
8534 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
8535 for skipping in latex mode.")
8536
8537 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
8538
8539 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
8540 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
8541 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
8542 in a window allowing you to choose one.
8543
8544 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
8545 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
8546 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
8547 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
8548 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
8549
8550 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
8551 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
8552
8553 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
8554
8555 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
8556 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
8557
8558 return values:
8559 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted.
8560 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
8561 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
8562 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
8563 quit spell session exited." t nil)
8564
8565 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
8566 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
8567
8568 Selections are:
8569
8570 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
8571 SPC: Accept word this time.
8572 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
8573 `a': Accept word for this session.
8574 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
8575 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
8576 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
8577 `?': Show these commands.
8578 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
8579 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
8580 the aborted check to be completed later.
8581 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
8582 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
8583 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
8584 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
8585 `C-l': redraws screen
8586 `C-r': recursive edit
8587 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
8588
8589 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
8590 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
8591 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
8592
8593 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
8594 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
8595 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
8596
8597 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
8598
8599 With prefix argument, set the default directory." t nil)
8600
8601 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
8602 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
8603 Return nil if spell session is quit,
8604 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed." t nil)
8605
8606 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
8607 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil)
8608
8609 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
8610 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
8611
8612 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
8613 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil)
8614
8615 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
8616 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words')
8617 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
8618 sequence inside of a word.
8619
8620 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
8621
8622 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
8623 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
8624
8625 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
8626 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
8627 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
8628
8629 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
8630 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
8631
8632 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
8633 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil)
8634
8635 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
8636 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
8637 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
8638 Don't check included messages.
8639
8640 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
8641 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
8642 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
8643
8644 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
8645 in your .emacs file:
8646 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
8647 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
8648 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
8649 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
8650
8651 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
8652 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
8653 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
8654
8655 ;;;***
8656 \f
8657 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
8658 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
8659 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (14482 55434))
8660 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
8661
8662 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
8663 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
8664 Return the name of a buffer selected.
8665 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
8666 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
8667 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil)
8668
8669 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
8670 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
8671 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
8672 adds a hook to the minibuffer." t nil)
8673
8674 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
8675 Switch to another buffer.
8676
8677 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
8678 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
8679 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
8680 in another frame.
8681 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
8682
8683 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
8684 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
8685 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
8686 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
8687
8688 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
8689 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
8690 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
8691 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
8692
8693 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
8694 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
8695 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
8696 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
8697
8698 ;;;***
8699 \f
8700 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
8701 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
8702 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal
8703 ;;;;;; setup-japanese-environment) "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el"
8704 ;;;;;; (14348 33291))
8705 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
8706
8707 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment) "japan-util" "\
8708 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Japanese." t nil)
8709
8710 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil)
8711
8712 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
8713 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
8714 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
8715 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
8716 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
8717 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
8718 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
8719 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil)
8720
8721 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
8722 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
8723 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
8724 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
8725
8726 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
8727 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
8728 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
8729 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
8730 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil)
8731
8732 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
8733 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
8734 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
8735 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
8736
8737 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
8738 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
8739 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
8740 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
8741
8742 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
8743 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil)
8744
8745 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
8746 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
8747 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
8748 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
8749 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil)
8750
8751 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
8752 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
8753 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
8754 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
8755 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil)
8756
8757 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
8758 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
8759 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil)
8760
8761 ;;;***
8762 \f
8763 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-jit-lock jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el"
8764 ;;;;;; (14550 5866))
8765 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
8766
8767 (autoload (quote jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "\
8768 Toggle Just-in-time Lock mode.
8769 With arg, turn Just-in-time Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
8770 Enable it automatically by customizing group `font-lock'.
8771
8772 When Just-in-time Lock mode is enabled, fontification is different in the
8773 following ways:
8774
8775 - Demand-driven buffer fontification triggered by Emacs C code.
8776 This means initial fontification of the whole buffer does not occur.
8777 Instead, fontification occurs when necessary, such as when scrolling
8778 through the buffer would otherwise reveal unfontified areas. This is
8779 useful if buffer fontification is too slow for large buffers.
8780
8781 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `jit-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
8782 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
8783 been idle for `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
8784 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
8785
8786 - Deferred context fontification if `jit-lock-defer-contextually' is
8787 non-nil. This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to
8788 true syntactic context, after `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds of Emacs
8789 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs
8790 on modified lines only, and subsequent lines can remain fontified
8791 corresponding to previous syntactic contexts. This is useful where
8792 strings or comments span lines.
8793
8794 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
8795 If the system load rises above `jit-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
8796 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
8797 the variable `jit-lock-stealth-nice' and `jit-lock-stealth-lines'." t nil)
8798
8799 (autoload (quote turn-on-jit-lock) "jit-lock" "\
8800 Unconditionally turn on Just-in-time Lock mode." nil nil)
8801
8802 ;;;***
8803 \f
8804 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el"
8805 ;;;;;; (14495 17985))
8806 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
8807
8808 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
8809 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
8810 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8811 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
8812
8813 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8814
8815 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr))
8816 (defun auto-compression-mode (&optional arg)
8817 "\
8818 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
8819 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
8820 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)."
8821 (interactive "P")
8822 (if (not (fboundp 'jka-compr-installed-p))
8823 (progn
8824 (require 'jka-compr)
8825 ;; That turned the mode on, so make it initially off.
8826 (toggle-auto-compression)))
8827 (toggle-auto-compression arg t))
8828
8829 ;;;***
8830 \f
8831 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
8832 ;;;;;; (13866 35434))
8833 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
8834
8835 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
8836 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
8837 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
8838
8839 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
8840 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
8841 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
8842 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
8843 shorter.
8844
8845 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
8846 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
8847 the context of text formatting." nil nil)
8848
8849 ;;;***
8850 \f
8851 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (13810
8852 ;;;;;; 39823))
8853 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
8854
8855 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
8856 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
8857 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
8858 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
8859 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
8860 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
8861 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil)
8862
8863 ;;;***
8864 \f
8865 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal setup-korean-environment)
8866 ;;;;;; "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (14293 47672))
8867 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
8868
8869 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
8870 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
8871 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
8872
8873 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment) "korea-util" "\
8874 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Korean." t nil)
8875
8876 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil)
8877
8878 ;;;***
8879 \f
8880 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
8881 ;;;;;; (14256 23599))
8882 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
8883
8884 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
8885
8886 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
8887 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil)
8888
8889 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
8890
8891 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
8892 Start or resume an Lm game.
8893 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
8894 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
8895
8896 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
8897 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
8898 none / 1 | yes | no
8899 2 | yes | yes
8900 3 | no | yes
8901 4 | no | no
8902
8903 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
8904 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
8905 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
8906
8907 ;;;***
8908 \f
8909 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
8910 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string
8911 ;;;;;; setup-lao-environment) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el"
8912 ;;;;;; (14423 51007))
8913 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
8914
8915 (autoload (quote setup-lao-environment) "lao-util" "\
8916 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Lao." t nil)
8917
8918 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
8919
8920 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
8921 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
8922 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
8923 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
8924 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
8925 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
8926
8927 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
8928 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil)
8929
8930 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
8931 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil)
8932
8933 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
8934 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
8935 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
8936 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
8937 to compose.
8938
8939 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
8940
8941 ;;;***
8942 \f
8943 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
8944 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (14477 53252))
8945 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
8946
8947 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
8948 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
8949 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
8950 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
8951
8952 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
8953
8954 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
8955
8956 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
8957 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
8958 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
8959 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
8960 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
8961 for large buffers.
8962
8963 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
8964 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
8965 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
8966 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
8967 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
8968
8969 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
8970 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
8971 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
8972 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
8973 slow to keep up with your typing.
8974
8975 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
8976 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
8977 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
8978 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
8979 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
8980 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
8981
8982 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
8983 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
8984 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
8985 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
8986
8987 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
8988 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
8989 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
8990 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
8991
8992 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
8993 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
8994 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
8995 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
8996 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil)
8997
8998 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
8999 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
9000
9001 ;;;***
9002 \f
9003 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
9004 ;;;;;; (14280 10549))
9005 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
9006
9007 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
9008 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
9009
9010 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
9011 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
9012
9013 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
9014 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
9015
9016 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
9017 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
9018 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
9019 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
9020 for later transmission to Lisp job.
9021 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
9022 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
9023 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
9024 and transmit saved text.
9025 \\{ledit-mode-map}
9026 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
9027 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
9028
9029 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil)
9030
9031 ;;;***
9032 \f
9033 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (13578 3356))
9034 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
9035
9036 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
9037 Run Conway's Life simulation.
9038 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
9039 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
9040 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
9041
9042 ;;;***
9043 \f
9044 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (13935
9045 ;;;;;; 16155))
9046 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
9047
9048 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
9049 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
9050 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and optional FORCE
9051 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
9052
9053 ;;;***
9054 \f
9055 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
9056 ;;;;;; (14396 4034))
9057 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
9058
9059 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
9060 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
9061 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil)
9062
9063 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
9064 Run the locate command with a filter.
9065
9066 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
9067 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil)
9068
9069 ;;;***
9070 \f
9071 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (14537 49316))
9072 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
9073
9074 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
9075 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
9076 The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
9077 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
9078 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
9079 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
9080 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
9081 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit." nil nil)
9082
9083 ;;;***
9084 \f
9085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "log-view.el" (14537 49316))
9086 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
9087
9088 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
9089 Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t)
9090
9091 ;;;***
9092 \f
9093 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
9094 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (14440
9095 ;;;;;; 46009))
9096 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
9097
9098 (defvar printer-name (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "PRN") "\
9099 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
9100 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
9101
9102 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
9103 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
9104
9105 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
9106 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
9107 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
9108 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
9109 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
9110 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
9111 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
9112
9113 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
9114 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
9115 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
9116 switch on this list.
9117 See `lpr-command'.")
9118
9119 (defvar lpr-command (cond ((memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "") ((memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))) "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
9120 *Name of program for printing a file.
9121
9122 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
9123 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
9124 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
9125 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
9126 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
9127 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
9128 argument.")
9129
9130 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
9131 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
9132 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
9133 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
9134
9135 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
9136 Paginate and print buffer contents.
9137
9138 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
9139 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
9140 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
9141 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
9142
9143 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
9144 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
9145
9146 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
9147 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
9148
9149 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
9150 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
9151 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
9152 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
9153
9154 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
9155 Paginate and print the region contents.
9156
9157 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
9158 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
9159 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
9160 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
9161
9162 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
9163 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
9164
9165 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
9166 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
9167
9168 ;;;***
9169 \f
9170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (14425 19316))
9171 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
9172
9173 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
9174 *Non-nil means file patterns are treated as shell wildcards.
9175 nil means they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).
9176 This variable is checked by \\[insert-directory] only when `ls-lisp.el'
9177 package is used.")
9178
9179 ;;;***
9180 \f
9181 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (13462
9182 ;;;;;; 53924))
9183 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
9184
9185 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
9186 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
9187 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
9188
9189 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
9190
9191 ;;;***
9192 \f
9193 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (13962
9194 ;;;;;; 30919))
9195 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
9196
9197 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
9198 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
9199 \\{m4-mode-map}
9200 " t nil)
9201
9202 ;;;***
9203 \f
9204 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
9205 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (13229 28845))
9206 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
9207
9208 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
9209 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
9210 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
9211 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
9212 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil)
9213
9214 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
9215 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
9216 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
9217 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
9218
9219 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
9220 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
9221 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
9222 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
9223 bindings.
9224
9225 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
9226 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
9227
9228 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
9229 Query user during kbd macro execution.
9230 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
9231 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
9232 each time the macro executes.
9233 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
9234 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
9235 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
9236 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
9237 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
9238 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
9239 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
9240
9241 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
9242 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
9243 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
9244
9245 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
9246 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
9247 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
9248 execute.
9249
9250 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
9251 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
9252
9253 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
9254 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
9255 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
9256 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
9257 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
9258
9259 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
9260 looked like this:
9261
9262 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
9263 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
9264 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
9265
9266 You could enter the names in this format:
9267
9268 foo
9269 bar
9270 baz
9271
9272 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
9273
9274 \\C-x (
9275 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
9276 \\C-x )
9277
9278 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
9279 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
9280 " t nil)
9281 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
9282
9283 ;;;***
9284 \f
9285 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
9286 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (14281 39314))
9287 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
9288
9289 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
9290 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
9291 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
9292 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
9293
9294 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
9295 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
9296 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
9297 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
9298 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
9299
9300 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
9301 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
9302 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
9303 consing a string.)" nil nil)
9304
9305 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
9306 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil)
9307
9308 ;;;***
9309 \f
9310 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
9311 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
9312 ;;;;;; (14075 51598))
9313 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
9314
9315 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
9316 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil)
9317
9318 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil)
9319
9320 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
9321 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
9322
9323 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
9324 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
9325 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
9326 message.
9327
9328 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil)
9329
9330 ;;;***
9331 \f
9332 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
9333 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
9334 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (14501
9335 ;;;;;; 36191))
9336 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
9337
9338 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
9339 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
9340 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
9341 often correct parser.")
9342
9343 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
9344
9345 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
9346 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
9347 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
9348 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
9349
9350 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
9351 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
9352 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
9353 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
9354
9355 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
9356 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
9357 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
9358 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil)
9359
9360 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
9361 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
9362 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
9363 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
9364 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
9365 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil)
9366
9367 ;;;***
9368 \f
9369 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
9370 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (14495 18025))
9371 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
9372
9373 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
9374 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil)
9375
9376 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
9377 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
9378 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil)
9379
9380 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
9381 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
9382 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
9383
9384 ;;;***
9385 \f
9386 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
9387 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (13996
9388 ;;;;;; 15646))
9389 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
9390
9391 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
9392 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
9393 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
9394 king@grassland.com
9395 If `parens', they look like:
9396 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
9397 If `angles', they look like:
9398 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
9399
9400 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
9401 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
9402 If interactive, expand in header fields.
9403 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
9404 their `Resent-' variants.
9405
9406 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
9407 removed from alias expansions." t nil)
9408
9409 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
9410 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
9411 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
9412
9413 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
9414 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
9415 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
9416 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil)
9417
9418 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
9419 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
9420 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
9421 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil)
9422
9423 ;;;***
9424 \f
9425 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
9426 ;;;;;; (14410 18641))
9427 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
9428
9429 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
9430 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
9431 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
9432
9433 \\{makefile-mode-map}
9434
9435 In the browser, use the following keys:
9436
9437 \\{makefile-browser-map}
9438
9439 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
9440
9441 makefile-browser-buffer-name:
9442 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
9443
9444 makefile-target-colon:
9445 The string that gets appended to all target names
9446 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
9447 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
9448
9449 makefile-macro-assign:
9450 The string that gets appended to all macro names
9451 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
9452 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
9453 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
9454 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
9455 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
9456
9457 makefile-tab-after-target-colon:
9458 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
9459 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
9460
9461 makefile-browser-leftmost-column:
9462 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
9463
9464 makefile-browser-cursor-column:
9465 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
9466 up or down in the browser.
9467
9468 makefile-browser-selected-mark:
9469 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
9470
9471 makefile-browser-unselected-mark:
9472 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
9473
9474 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p:
9475 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
9476 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
9477 has been selected in the browser.
9478
9479 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p:
9480 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
9481 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
9482 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
9483 filenames are omitted.
9484
9485 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p:
9486 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
9487 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
9488 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
9489 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
9490 the backslash itself intact.
9491 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
9492 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
9493
9494 makefile-browser-hook:
9495 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
9496 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
9497
9498 makefile-special-targets-list:
9499 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
9500 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
9501 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
9502
9503 ;;;***
9504 \f
9505 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
9506 ;;;;;; 28917))
9507 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
9508
9509 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
9510 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
9511 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
9512
9513 ;;;***
9514 \f
9515 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (14539 53667))
9516 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
9517
9518 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
9519
9520 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
9521 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
9522 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
9523 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
9524 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
9525 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
9526 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately." t nil)
9527
9528 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
9529 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil)
9530
9531 ;;;***
9532 \f
9533 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
9534 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
9535 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover
9536 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
9537 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
9538 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
9539 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
9540 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
9541 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (14030 49419))
9542 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
9543
9544 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
9545 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
9546
9547 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
9548 king@grassland.com
9549 If `parens', they look like:
9550 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
9551 If `angles', they look like:
9552 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
9553
9554 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
9555 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
9556
9557 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
9558 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
9559
9560 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
9561 *Local news organization file.")
9562
9563 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
9564 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
9565 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
9566 variable `mail-header-separator'.
9567
9568 Legal values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
9569 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail' and
9570 `smtpmail-send-it'.")
9571
9572 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
9573 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
9574
9575 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
9576 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
9577 nil means use indentation.")
9578
9579 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
9580 *Function for citing an original message.
9581 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
9582 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
9583 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
9584
9585 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
9586 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
9587 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
9588 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
9589 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
9590
9591 (defvar message-signature t "\
9592 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
9593 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
9594 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
9595 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
9596
9597 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
9598 *File containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.")
9599
9600 (condition-case nil (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook)) (error nil))
9601
9602 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
9603 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
9604 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
9605 C-c C-s message-send (send the message) C-c C-c message-send-and-exit
9606 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
9607 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
9608 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
9609 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
9610 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
9611 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
9612 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
9613 C-c C-t message-insert-to (add a To header to a news followup)
9614 C-c C-n message-insert-newsgroups (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
9615 C-c C-b message-goto-body (move to beginning of message text).
9616 C-c C-i message-goto-signature (move to the beginning of the signature).
9617 C-c C-w message-insert-signature (insert `message-signature-file' file).
9618 C-c C-y message-yank-original (insert current message, if any).
9619 C-c C-q message-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
9620 C-c C-e message-elide-region (elide the text between point and mark).
9621 C-c C-z message-kill-to-signature (kill the text up to the signature).
9622 C-c C-r message-caesar-buffer-body (rot13 the message body)." t nil)
9623
9624 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
9625 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
9626 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil)
9627
9628 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
9629 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
9630
9631 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
9632 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
9633
9634 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
9635 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
9636
9637 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
9638 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
9639 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
9640
9641 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
9642 Cancel an article you posted." t nil)
9643
9644 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
9645 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
9646 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
9647 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
9648
9649 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
9650 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
9651
9652 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
9653 Forward the current message via mail.
9654 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail." t nil)
9655
9656 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
9657 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
9658
9659 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
9660 Re-mail the current message.
9661 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message than
9662 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
9663 you." t nil)
9664
9665 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
9666 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
9667
9668 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
9669 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
9670
9671 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
9672 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
9673
9674 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
9675 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
9676
9677 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
9678 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
9679 Works by overstriking characters.
9680 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
9681 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
9682
9683 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
9684 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
9685 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
9686 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
9687
9688 ;;;***
9689 \f
9690 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
9691 ;;;;;; (13549 39401))
9692 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
9693
9694 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
9695 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
9696 Special commands:
9697 \\{meta-mode-map}
9698
9699 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
9700 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
9701
9702 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
9703 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
9704 Special commands:
9705 \\{meta-mode-map}
9706
9707 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
9708 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
9709
9710 ;;;***
9711 \f
9712 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
9713 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
9714 ;;;;;; (14345 52966))
9715 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
9716
9717 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
9718 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
9719 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
9720
9721 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
9722 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
9723 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
9724 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
9725 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
9726 redisplayed as output is inserted.
9727 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
9728
9729 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
9730 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
9731 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
9732 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
9733 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
9734 means current).
9735 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
9736 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
9737
9738 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
9739 Process current region through 'metamail'.
9740 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
9741 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
9742 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
9743 means current).
9744 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
9745 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
9746
9747 ;;;***
9748 \f
9749 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch
9750 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (14460 38678))
9751 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el
9752
9753 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
9754 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
9755 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
9756 to the MH mail system.
9757
9758 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
9759
9760 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
9761 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
9762 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
9763 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
9764 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
9765 that want to create a mail buffer.
9766 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
9767
9768 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
9769 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
9770 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
9771 to the MH mail system.
9772
9773 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
9774
9775 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
9776 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
9777 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
9778 using the MH mail handling system.
9779 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
9780 messages.
9781
9782 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
9783
9784 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
9785
9786 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
9787 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
9788 the yanked message.
9789
9790 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
9791 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
9792 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
9793 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
9794 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
9795
9796 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
9797 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
9798 inserted in a draft letter.
9799
9800 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
9801 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
9802
9803 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil)
9804
9805 ;;;***
9806 \f
9807 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (14532
9808 ;;;;;; 63447))
9809 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el
9810
9811 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
9812 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
9813 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
9814 to the MH mail system." t nil)
9815
9816 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
9817 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
9818
9819 ;;;***
9820 \f
9821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (13833 28022))
9822 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el
9823
9824 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\
9825 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
9826
9827 ;;;***
9828 \f
9829 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (14457 61243))
9830 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el
9831
9832 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
9833
9834 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
9835
9836 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
9837
9838 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
9839
9840 ;;;***
9841 \f
9842 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
9843 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (14035 10445))
9844 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
9845
9846 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
9847 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
9848 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
9849 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
9850 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
9851 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
9852 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
9853 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
9854 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
9855 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
9856 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil)
9857
9858 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
9859 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
9860 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
9861 to its second argument TM." nil nil)
9862
9863 ;;;***
9864 \f
9865 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulation/mlconvert.el"
9866 ;;;;;; (12536 45574))
9867 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/mlconvert.el
9868
9869 (autoload (quote convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "\
9870 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil)
9871
9872 ;;;***
9873 \f
9874 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
9875 ;;;;;; (13552 32940))
9876 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
9877
9878 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
9879 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
9880 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
9881 followed by the first character of the construct.
9882 \\<m2-mode-map>
9883 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
9884 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
9885 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
9886 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
9887 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
9888 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
9889 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
9890 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
9891 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
9892 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
9893 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
9894 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
9895 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
9896 \\[m2-link] link
9897
9898 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
9899 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
9900 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
9901
9902 ;;;***
9903 \f
9904 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (14118
9905 ;;;;;; 2283))
9906 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
9907
9908 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
9909 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
9910 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
9911 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
9912
9913 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
9914
9915 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
9916
9917 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
9918
9919 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
9920 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
9921 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
9922 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
9923 Triple-clicking selects lines.
9924 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
9925
9926 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
9927 the kill-ring. Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection
9928 directly, mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function
9929 and interprogram-paste-function to nil.
9930
9931 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
9932 the mouse position (or point, if mouse-yank-at-point is non-nil).
9933
9934 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
9935 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
9936
9937 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
9938
9939 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
9940 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
9941 primary selection and region." t nil)
9942
9943 ;;;***
9944 \f
9945 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (14184 34750))
9946 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
9947
9948 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
9949 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
9950
9951 ;;;***
9952 \f
9953 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (14263 63030))
9954 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
9955
9956 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
9957 Toggle msb-mode.
9958 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9959 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
9960
9961 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9962
9963 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb))
9964
9965 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
9966 Toggle Msb mode.
9967 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
9968 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
9969 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil)
9970
9971 ;;;***
9972 \f
9973 ;;;### (autoloads (dump-codings dump-charsets mule-diag list-input-methods
9974 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories
9975 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
9976 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system list-charset-chars read-charset list-character-sets)
9977 ;;;;;; "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (14529 14422))
9978 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
9979
9980 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
9981 Display a list of all character sets.
9982
9983 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number
9984 for internal Emacs use.
9985
9986 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains a format of multibyte sequence
9987 of characters in the charset for buffer and string
9988 by one to four hexadecimal digits.
9989 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
9990 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
9991
9992 The D column contains a dimension of this character set.
9993 The CH column contains a number of characters in a block of this character set.
9994 The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022's <final-char> to use for
9995 designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
9996
9997 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
9998 but still shows the full information." t nil)
9999
10000 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
10001 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
10002 It reads an Emacs' character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
10003 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
10004 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
10005
10006 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
10007 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
10008 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
10009 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
10010 detailed meanings of these arguments." nil nil)
10011
10012 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
10013 Display a list of characters in the specified character set." t nil)
10014
10015 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
10016 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil)
10017
10018 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
10019 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
10020
10021 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
10022 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
10023 at the place of `..':
10024 `buffer-file-coding-system` (of the current buffer)
10025 eol-type of buffer-file-coding-system (of the current buffer)
10026 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
10027 eol-type of (keyboard-coding-system)
10028 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system.
10029 eol-type of (terminal-coding-system)
10030 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
10031 eol-type of process-coding-system for read (of the current buffer, if any)
10032 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
10033 eol-type of process-coding-system for write (of the current buffer, if any)
10034 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
10035 eol-type of default-buffer-file-coding-system
10036 `default-process-coding-system' for read
10037 eol-type of default-process-coding-system for read
10038 `default-process-coding-system' for write
10039 eol-type of default-process-coding-system" t nil)
10040
10041 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
10042 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil)
10043
10044 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
10045 Display a list of all coding systems.
10046 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
10047
10048 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
10049 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil)
10050
10051 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
10052 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil)
10053
10054 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
10055 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil)
10056
10057 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
10058 Display information of FONTSET.
10059 This shows the name, size, and style of FONTSET, and the list of fonts
10060 contained in FONTSET.
10061
10062 The column WDxHT contains width and height (pixels) of each fontset
10063 \(i.e. those of ASCII font in the fontset). The letter `-' in this
10064 column means that the corresponding fontset is not yet used in any
10065 frame.
10066
10067 The O column for each font contains one of the following letters:
10068 o -- font already opened
10069 - -- font not yet opened
10070 x -- font can't be opened
10071 ? -- no font specified
10072
10073 The Charset column for each font contains a name of character set
10074 displayed (for this fontset) using that font." t nil)
10075
10076 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
10077 Display a list of all fontsets.
10078 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
10079 With prefix arg, it also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
10080 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil)
10081
10082 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
10083 Display information about all input methods." t nil)
10084
10085 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
10086 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
10087
10088 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
10089 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
10090 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
10091 system which uses fontsets)." t nil)
10092
10093 (autoload (quote dump-charsets) "mule-diag" "\
10094 Dump information about all charsets into the file `CHARSETS'.
10095 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
10096
10097 (autoload (quote dump-codings) "mule-diag" "\
10098 Dump information about all coding systems into the file `CODINGS'.
10099 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
10100
10101 ;;;***
10102 \f
10103 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
10104 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
10105 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
10106 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic
10107 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width
10108 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
10109 ;;;;;; (14423 50997))
10110 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
10111
10112 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
10113 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
10114 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil)
10115
10116 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "Return a list of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote list)))
10117
10118 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "Return a vector of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote vector)))
10119
10120 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
10121 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil)
10122
10123 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
10124 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
10125 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies
10126 the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying
10127 columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR.
10128
10129 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character
10130 to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN,
10131 or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR.
10132 PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result
10133 if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR.
10134
10135 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
10136 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil)
10137
10138 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
10139
10140 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.\n\nNested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is\nany Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form\n(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).\n\nYou can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key\nsequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ\ncan be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
10141
10142 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
10143 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
10144 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
10145 is considered.
10146 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
10147 longer than KEYSEQ.
10148 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil)
10149
10150 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
10151 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
10152 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
10153 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
10154 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
10155 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
10156 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
10157 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
10158 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
10159 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
10160 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil)
10161
10162 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\
10163 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil)
10164
10165 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
10166 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's post-read-conversion property." nil nil)
10167
10168 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
10169 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's pre-write-conversion property." nil nil)
10170
10171 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
10172 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-decode property." nil nil)
10173
10174 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
10175 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-encode property." nil nil)
10176
10177 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
10178 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
10179 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
10180 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil)
10181
10182 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
10183 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
10184 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
10185 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro))
10186
10187 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
10188 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
10189 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
10190 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil)
10191
10192 ;;;***
10193 \f
10194 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install) "mwheel" "mwheel.el" (14378 51930))
10195 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
10196
10197 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
10198 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil)
10199
10200 ;;;***
10201 \f
10202 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
10203 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host
10204 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el"
10205 ;;;;;; (14385 24830))
10206 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
10207
10208 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
10209 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil)
10210
10211 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
10212 Ping HOST.
10213 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
10214 `ping-program-options'." t nil)
10215
10216 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
10217 Run ipconfig program." t nil)
10218
10219 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
10220
10221 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
10222 Run netstat program." t nil)
10223
10224 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
10225 Run the arp program." t nil)
10226
10227 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
10228 Run the route program." t nil)
10229
10230 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
10231 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil)
10232
10233 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
10234 Run nslookup program." t nil)
10235
10236 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
10237 Run dig program." t nil)
10238
10239 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
10240 Run ftp program." t nil)
10241
10242 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
10243 Finger USER on HOST." t nil)
10244
10245 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
10246 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
10247 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
10248 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil)
10249
10250 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil)
10251
10252 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
10253 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil)
10254
10255 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
10256 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil)
10257
10258 ;;;***
10259 \f
10260 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (14030
10261 ;;;;;; 49432))
10262 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
10263
10264 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
10265 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
10266 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
10267 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
10268 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
10269 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
10270
10271 ;;;***
10272 \f
10273 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
10274 ;;;;;; (14030 49439))
10275 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
10276
10277 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
10278 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups." t nil)
10279
10280 ;;;***
10281 \f
10282 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
10283 ;;;;;; (14030 49445))
10284 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
10285
10286 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
10287 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
10288 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
10289
10290 ;;;***
10291 \f
10292 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
10293 ;;;;;; (14030 49457))
10294 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
10295
10296 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
10297 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
10298
10299 ;;;***
10300 \f
10301 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
10302 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (14293 3539))
10303 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
10304
10305 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
10306 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
10307
10308 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
10309 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
10310
10311 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
10312 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
10313
10314 ;;;***
10315 \f
10316 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
10317 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (13229 29111))
10318 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
10319
10320 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
10321 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
10322 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
10323
10324 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil)
10325
10326 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
10327 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
10328 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
10329 to future sessions." t nil)
10330
10331 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
10332 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
10333 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
10334 to future sessions." t nil)
10335
10336 ;;;***
10337 \f
10338 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
10339 ;;;;;; (13382 24740))
10340 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
10341
10342 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
10343 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
10344 \\{nroff-mode-map}
10345 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
10346 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
10347 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
10348
10349 ;;;***
10350 \f
10351 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
10352 ;;;;;; (13145 50478))
10353 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
10354
10355 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
10356 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
10357 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
10358 specified by `octave-help-files'.
10359 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil)
10360
10361 ;;;***
10362 \f
10363 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
10364 ;;;;;; (14302 32388))
10365 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
10366
10367 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
10368 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
10369 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
10370
10371 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
10372
10373 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
10374 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
10375
10376 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
10377 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
10378 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil)
10379
10380 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
10381
10382 ;;;***
10383 \f
10384 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
10385 ;;;;;; (14535 42068))
10386 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
10387
10388 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
10389 Major mode for editing Octave code.
10390
10391 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
10392 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
10393 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
10394 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
10395
10396 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
10397 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
10398 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
10399 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
10400 is why you need this mode!).
10401
10402 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
10403 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
10404 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
10405
10406 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
10407
10408 Keybindings
10409 ===========
10410
10411 \\{octave-mode-map}
10412
10413 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
10414 ==============================================
10415
10416 octave-auto-indent
10417 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
10418 Default is nil.
10419
10420 octave-auto-newline
10421 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
10422 Default is nil.
10423
10424 octave-blink-matching-block
10425 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
10426 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
10427
10428 octave-block-offset
10429 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
10430 Default is 2.
10431
10432 octave-continuation-offset
10433 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
10434 Default is 4.
10435
10436 octave-continuation-string
10437 String used for Octave continuation lines.
10438 Default is a backslash.
10439
10440 octave-mode-startup-message
10441 Nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
10442 Default is t.
10443
10444 octave-send-echo-input
10445 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
10446 command to the inferior Octave process.
10447
10448 octave-send-line-auto-forward
10449 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
10450 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
10451
10452 octave-send-echo-input
10453 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
10454
10455 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
10456
10457 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
10458 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
10459
10460 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
10461 (setq auto-mode-alist
10462 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
10463
10464 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
10465 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
10466
10467 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
10468 (lambda ()
10469 (abbrev-mode 1)
10470 (auto-fill-mode 1)
10471 (if (eq window-system 'x)
10472 (font-lock-mode 1))))
10473
10474 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
10475 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
10476 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
10477 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil)
10478
10479 ;;;***
10480 \f
10481 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
10482 ;;;;;; (14045 29847))
10483 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
10484
10485 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
10486 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation." t nil)
10487
10488 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
10489 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
10490 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
10491 in which there are commands to set the option values.
10492 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
10493
10494 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil)
10495
10496 ;;;***
10497 \f
10498 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
10499 ;;;;;; (14495 18064))
10500 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
10501
10502 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
10503 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
10504 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
10505 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
10506
10507 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
10508 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
10509 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
10510 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
10511
10512 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
10513 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
10514 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
10515 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
10516 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
10517 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
10518
10519 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
10520 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
10521
10522 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
10523 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
10524 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
10525 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
10526 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
10527 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
10528 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
10529 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
10530 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
10531 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
10532 The subheadings remain visible.
10533 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
10534
10535 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
10536 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
10537 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
10538
10539 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
10540 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
10541
10542 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
10543 Toggle Outline minor mode.
10544 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
10545 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
10546
10547 ;;;***
10548 \f
10549 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el"
10550 ;;;;;; (14316 49544))
10551 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
10552
10553 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
10554 *Toggle Show Paren mode.
10555 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
10556 after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
10557 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10558 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
10559
10560 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10561
10562 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren))
10563
10564 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
10565 Toggle Show Paren mode.
10566 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
10567 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
10568
10569 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
10570 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil)
10571
10572 ;;;***
10573 \f
10574 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (14507
10575 ;;;;;; 63078))
10576 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
10577
10578 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
10579 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
10580 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
10581
10582 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
10583 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
10584
10585 Other useful functions are:
10586
10587 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
10588 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
10589 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
10590 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
10591 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
10592 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
10593 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
10594 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
10595 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
10596
10597 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
10598
10599 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
10600 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
10601 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
10602 Indentation for case statements.
10603 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
10604 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
10605 mark after an end.
10606 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
10607 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
10608 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
10609 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
10610 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
10611 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
10612 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
10613 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
10614 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
10615 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
10616
10617 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
10618 pascal-separator-keywords.
10619
10620 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
10621 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
10622
10623 ;;;***
10624 \f
10625 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
10626 ;;;;;; (13229 29217))
10627 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
10628
10629 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
10630 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
10631 The keys affected are:
10632 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
10633 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
10634 M-Backspace does undo.
10635 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
10636 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
10637 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil)
10638
10639 ;;;***
10640 \f
10641 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
10642 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (13674 34216))
10643 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
10644
10645 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
10646 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
10647
10648 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
10649
10650 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
10651 which modify the status of the mark.
10652
10653 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
10654 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
10655
10656 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
10657 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
10658
10659 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
10660 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
10661 behind. To control wether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
10662 variable pc-select-meta-moves-sexps after loading pc-select.el but before
10663 turning pc-selection-mode on.
10664
10665 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
10666 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
10667
10668 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
10669 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
10670 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
10671
10672 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
10673 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
10674 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
10675
10676 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
10677 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
10678
10679 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
10680 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
10681 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
10682
10683 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
10684 the variable pc-select-selection-keys-only to t after loading pc-select.el
10685 but before calling pc-selection-mode):
10686
10687 F6 other-window
10688 DELETE delete-char
10689 C-DELETE kill-line
10690 M-DELETE kill-word
10691 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
10692 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
10693 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil)
10694
10695 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
10696 Toggle PC Selection mode.
10697 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
10698 and cursor movement commands.
10699 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
10700 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
10701
10702 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10703
10704 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
10705
10706 ;;;***
10707 \f
10708 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-status cvs-update cvs-examine
10709 ;;;;;; cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "pcvs.el" (14537 49318))
10710 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
10711
10712 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
10713 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
10714 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
10715 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
10716
10717 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use." t nil)
10718
10719 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
10720 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
10721 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
10722 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
10723 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
10724 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
10725 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
10726 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
10727
10728 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
10729 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
10730 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
10731 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
10732 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
10733 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer." t nil)
10734
10735 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
10736 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
10737 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
10738 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
10739 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
10740 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
10741 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
10742
10743 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
10744
10745 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
10746 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
10747 NIL means never do it.
10748 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
10749 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
10750 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
10751
10752 (progn (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.\nThe exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (cvs-examine (file-name-directory dir) t t))))))
10753
10754 ;;;***
10755 \f
10756 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
10757 ;;;;;; (13639 61036))
10758 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
10759
10760 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
10761 Major mode for editing Perl code.
10762 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
10763 Tab indents for Perl code.
10764 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
10765 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
10766 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
10767 \\{perl-mode-map}
10768 Variables controlling indentation style:
10769 perl-tab-always-indent
10770 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
10771 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
10772 perl-tab-to-comment
10773 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
10774 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
10775 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
10776 perl-nochange
10777 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
10778 perl-indent-level
10779 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
10780 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
10781 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
10782 perl-continued-statement-offset
10783 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
10784 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
10785 perl-continued-brace-offset
10786 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
10787 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
10788 perl-brace-offset
10789 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
10790 perl-brace-imaginary-offset
10791 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
10792 this far to the right of the start of its line.
10793 perl-label-offset
10794 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
10795
10796 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
10797 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
10798 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
10799 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
10800 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
10801 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
10802 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
10803
10804 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
10805
10806 ;;;***
10807 \f
10808 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
10809 ;;;;;; (14348 33291))
10810 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
10811
10812 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
10813 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
10814 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
10815 afterwards settable by these commands:
10816 C-c < Move left after insertion.
10817 C-c > Move right after insertion.
10818 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
10819 C-c . Move down after insertion.
10820 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
10821 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
10822 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
10823 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
10824 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
10825 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
10826 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
10827 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
10828 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
10829 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
10830 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
10831 with these commands:
10832 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
10833 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
10834 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
10835 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
10836 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
10837 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
10838 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
10839 Return Move to beginning of next line.
10840 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
10841 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
10842 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
10843 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
10844 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
10845 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
10846 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
10847 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
10848 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
10849 You can manipulate text with these commands:
10850 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
10851 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
10852 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
10853 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
10854 text is saved in the kill ring.
10855 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
10856 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
10857 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
10858 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
10859 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
10860 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
10861 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
10862 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
10863 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
10864 commands if invoked soon enough.
10865 You can return to the previous mode with:
10866 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
10867 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
10868
10869 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil.
10870
10871 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
10872 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
10873
10874 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
10875
10876 ;;;***
10877 \f
10878 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (14453 55473))
10879 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
10880
10881 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
10882 Play pong and waste time.
10883 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
10884 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
10885
10886 pong-mode keybindings:
10887 \\<pong-mode-map>
10888
10889 \\{pong-mode-map}" t nil)
10890
10891 ;;;***
10892 \f
10893 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp"
10894 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (13819 15860))
10895 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
10896
10897 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
10898 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
10899 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
10900 can handle, whenever this is possible.
10901 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
10902
10903 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
10904 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
10905 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
10906 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
10907 in the variable `values'." t nil)
10908
10909 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
10910 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
10911 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
10912 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
10913
10914 ;;;***
10915 \f
10916 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
10917 ;;;;;; (13446 12665))
10918 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
10919
10920 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
10921 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
10922 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
10923 Commands:
10924 \\{prolog-mode-map}
10925 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
10926 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
10927
10928 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
10929 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
10930
10931 ;;;***
10932 \f
10933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (14353 44101))
10934 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
10935
10936 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (eq system-type (quote ms-dos)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
10937 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
10938 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
10939
10940 ;;;***
10941 \f
10942 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (14380
10943 ;;;;;; 3795))
10944 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
10945
10946 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
10947 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
10948
10949 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
10950
10951 The following variables hold user options, and can
10952 be set through the `customize' command:
10953
10954 ps-mode-auto-indent
10955 ps-mode-tab
10956 ps-mode-paper-size
10957 ps-mode-print-function
10958 ps-run-prompt
10959 ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2
10960 ps-run-x
10961 ps-run-dumb
10962 ps-run-init
10963 ps-run-error-line-numbers
10964 ps-run-tmp-dir
10965
10966 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
10967
10968
10969 \\{ps-mode-map}
10970
10971
10972 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
10973 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
10974 The keymap for this second window is:
10975
10976 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
10977
10978
10979 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
10980 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
10981 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
10982 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
10983 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
10984 " t nil)
10985
10986 ;;;***
10987 \f
10988 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-initialize
10989 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font
10990 ;;;;;; ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule"
10991 ;;;;;; "ps-mule.el" (14454 81))
10992 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
10993
10994 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
10995 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
10996
10997 Valid values are:
10998
10999 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
11000 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
11001 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
11002 changed by setting the variable
11003 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
11004 The initial value of this variable is
11005 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
11006 documentation).
11007
11008 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
11009 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
11010 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
11011 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
11012 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
11013 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
11014 test it.
11015
11016 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
11017 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
11018 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
11019 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
11020 source file. BDF fonts are included in
11021 `intlfonts-1.1' which is a collection of X11 fonts
11022 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
11023 use this value, be sure to have installed
11024 `intlfonts-1.1' and set the variable
11025 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
11026 documentation of this variable).
11027
11028 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
11029 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
11030 characters. This is convenient when you want or
11031 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
11032 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
11033 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
11034
11035 Any other value is treated as nil.")
11036
11037 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
11038 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
11039 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil)
11040
11041 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
11042
11043 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
11044 Generate PostScript code for ploting characters in the region FROM and TO.
11045
11046 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
11047
11048 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
11049
11050 Returns the value:
11051
11052 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
11053
11054 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
11055 the sequence." nil nil)
11056
11057 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
11058 Generate PostScript code for ploting composition in the region FROM and TO.
11059
11060 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
11061 composition.
11062
11063 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
11064
11065 Returns the value:
11066
11067 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
11068
11069 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
11070 the sequence." nil nil)
11071
11072 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
11073 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil)
11074
11075 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
11076 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
11077 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil)
11078
11079 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
11080
11081 ;;;***
11082 \f
11083 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
11084 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
11085 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
11086 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
11087 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-paper-type) "ps-print"
11088 ;;;;;; "ps-print.el" (14543 36973))
11089 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
11090
11091 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
11092 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
11093 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
11094 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
11095
11096 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
11097 Customization of ps-print group." t nil)
11098
11099 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
11100 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
11101
11102 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
11103 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image
11104 in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
11105
11106 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
11107 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
11108 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
11109
11110 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
11111 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
11112 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
11113 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
11114 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
11115
11116 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
11117 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
11118 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
11119
11120 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
11121 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
11122 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline
11123 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
11124 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
11125
11126 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
11127 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
11128 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
11129 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
11130
11131 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
11132
11133 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
11134 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
11135 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
11136 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
11137 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
11138
11139 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
11140
11141 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
11142 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
11143 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
11144
11145 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
11146
11147 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
11148 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
11149 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline
11150 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
11151 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
11152
11153 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
11154
11155 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
11156 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
11157
11158 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
11159 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript
11160 image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
11161
11162 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
11163 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
11164 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
11165
11166 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
11167 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size,
11168 using the current ps-print setup.
11169 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
11170 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
11171
11172 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
11173 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
11174 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
11175
11176 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
11177 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
11178 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
11179
11180 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
11181 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil)
11182
11183 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
11184 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
11185
11186 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
11187 with face extension in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
11188
11189 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
11190
11191 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil)
11192
11193 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
11194 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
11195
11196 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
11197 with face extensions in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
11198
11199 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
11200
11201 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
11202
11203 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
11204
11205 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
11206 foreground and background colors respectively.
11207
11208 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
11209 bold - use bold font.
11210 italic - use italic font.
11211 underline - put a line under text.
11212 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
11213 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
11214 shadow - text will have a shadow.
11215 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
11216 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
11217
11218 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil)
11219
11220 ;;;***
11221 \f
11222 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
11223 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-map quail-define-rules quail-set-keyboard-layout
11224 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package) "quail" "international/quail.el"
11225 ;;;;;; (14423 51000))
11226 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
11227
11228 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
11229 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
11230 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package." nil nil)
11231
11232 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
11233 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
11234 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
11235 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
11236 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
11237 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
11238 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
11239
11240 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
11241 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
11242 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
11243 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
11244 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
11245 shown.
11246 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
11247
11248 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package.
11249
11250 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
11251 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
11252 command to be called.
11253
11254 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
11255 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
11256 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
11257 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
11258
11259 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
11260 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
11261 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
11262 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
11263 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
11264 to t.
11265
11266 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
11267 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
11268 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
11269 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
11270
11271 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
11272 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
11273 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
11274 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
11275
11276 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
11277 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
11278 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
11279 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
11280 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
11281 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
11282
11283 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
11284 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
11285 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
11286 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
11287 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
11288 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
11289
11290 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
11291 covers Quail translation region.
11292
11293 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
11294 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
11295 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
11296 for it) is inserted.
11297
11298 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
11299 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
11300 vs. corresponding command to be called.
11301
11302 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
11303 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
11304 non-Quail commands." nil nil)
11305
11306 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
11307 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
11308
11309 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
11310 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
11311 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
11312 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
11313 you type is correctly handled." t nil)
11314
11315 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
11316 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
11317 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
11318 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
11319 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
11320 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
11321 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
11322 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
11323 for the translation.
11324 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
11325
11326 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
11327 it is used to handle KEY." nil (quote macro))
11328
11329 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
11330 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
11331
11332 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
11333 which to install MAP.
11334
11335 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil)
11336
11337 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
11338 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
11339 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
11340 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
11341 a function, or a cons.
11342 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
11343 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
11344 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
11345 for the translation.
11346 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
11347 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
11348 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
11349 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
11350 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
11351
11352 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
11353 it is used to handle KEY.
11354
11355 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
11356 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
11357 current Quail package.
11358
11359 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
11360 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil)
11361
11362 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
11363 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP." nil nil)
11364
11365 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
11366 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
11367 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
11368 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
11369 of the Emacs source tree.
11370
11371 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
11372 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
11373
11374 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
11375 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
11376 of each directory." t nil)
11377
11378 ;;;***
11379 \f
11380 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
11381 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
11382 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (14495
11383 ;;;;;; 17990))
11384 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
11385
11386 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
11387 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
11388 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
11389 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
11390
11391 To make use of this do something like:
11392
11393 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
11394
11395 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
11396
11397 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.\n\nIf not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current\nbuffer, this default action can be modifed via\n`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
11398
11399 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
11400 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil)
11401
11402 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
11403 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
11404
11405 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
11406 is decided." t nil)
11407
11408 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.\n\nIf not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the\ncurrent buffer, this default action can be modifed via\n`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
11409
11410 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
11411 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil)
11412
11413 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
11414 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil)
11415
11416 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
11417 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
11418
11419 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
11420
11421 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil)
11422
11423 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
11424 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil)
11425
11426 ;;;***
11427 \f
11428 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (13149
11429 ;;;;;; 16808))
11430 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
11431
11432 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
11433 Compile the the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
11434 See \\[compile]." t nil)
11435
11436 ;;;***
11437 \f
11438 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
11439 ;;;;;; (14539 41135))
11440 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
11441
11442 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
11443 Call up the RE Builder for the current window." t nil)
11444
11445 ;;;***
11446 \f
11447 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-open-more-files recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list
11448 ;;;;;; recentf-save-list recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (14539
11449 ;;;;;; 49146))
11450 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
11451
11452 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
11453 Toggle recentf mode.
11454 With prefix ARG, turn recentf mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
11455 Returns the new status of recentf mode (non-nil means on).
11456
11457 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that
11458 were operated on recently." t nil)
11459
11460 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\
11461 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil)
11462
11463 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\
11464 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list." t nil)
11465
11466 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\
11467 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'." t nil)
11468
11469 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\
11470 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu." t nil)
11471
11472 ;;;***
11473 \f
11474 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle replace-rectangle string-rectangle
11475 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
11476 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
11477 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (14537
11478 ;;;;;; 23030))
11479 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
11480
11481 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
11482 Move point to column COLUMN rigidly in the current line.
11483 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by
11484 spaces and tab.
11485
11486 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
11487 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil)
11488
11489 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
11490 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
11491 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
11492 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
11493 ends.
11494
11495 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11496 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
11497 to be deleted." t nil)
11498
11499 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
11500 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
11501 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
11502
11503 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11504 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
11505 deleted." nil nil)
11506
11507 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
11508 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
11509 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
11510
11511 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
11512 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
11513
11514 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11515 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
11516
11517 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
11518 deleted." t nil)
11519
11520 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
11521 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
11522
11523 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
11524 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
11525 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
11526 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
11527 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
11528 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
11529 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
11530
11531 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
11532 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
11533
11534 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
11535 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
11536
11537 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11538 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
11539 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil)
11540 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle) ;; Old name
11541
11542 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
11543 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
11544 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
11545 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
11546 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
11547
11548 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11549 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil)
11550
11551 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
11552 Insert STRING on each line of the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
11553
11554 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11555 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
11556 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil)
11557
11558 (autoload (quote replace-rectangle) "rect" "\
11559 Like `string-rectangle', but replace the original region." t nil)
11560
11561 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
11562 Blank out the region-rectangle.
11563 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
11564
11565 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
11566 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
11567 rectangle which were empty." t nil)
11568
11569 ;;;***
11570 \f
11571 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
11572 ;;;;;; (14495 18077))
11573 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
11574
11575 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
11576 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil)
11577
11578 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
11579 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
11580
11581 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
11582 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
11583
11584 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
11585 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
11586 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
11587 \\ref macro.
11588
11589 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
11590 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
11591 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
11592
11593 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
11594 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
11595 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
11596
11597 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
11598 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
11599
11600 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
11601 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
11602
11603 \\{reftex-mode-map}
11604 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
11605 on the menu bar.
11606
11607 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil)
11608
11609 ;;;***
11610 \f
11611 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
11612 ;;;;;; (14495 18066))
11613 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
11614
11615 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
11616 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
11617 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
11618 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
11619 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according
11620 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
11621
11622 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
11623
11624 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
11625
11626 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
11627 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
11628 called with point inside the braces of a `cite' command, it will
11629 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
11630
11631 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
11632 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
11633 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
11634 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil)
11635
11636 ;;;***
11637 \f
11638 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
11639 ;;;;;; (14495 18068))
11640 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
11641
11642 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
11643 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
11644 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
11645
11646 To insert new phrases, use
11647 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
11648 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
11649
11650 To index phrases use one of:
11651
11652 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
11653 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
11654 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
11655 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
11656 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
11657
11658 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
11659 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
11660
11661 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
11662
11663 Here are all local bindings.
11664
11665 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}" t nil)
11666
11667 ;;;***
11668 \f
11669 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
11670 ;;;;;; (14535 45202))
11671 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
11672
11673 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
11674 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
11675 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
11676 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
11677 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
11678 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
11679
11680 (let ((open-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
11681 (concat open-paren (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close-paren))" nil nil)
11682
11683 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
11684 Return the depth of REGEXP.
11685 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
11686 in REGEXP." nil nil)
11687
11688 ;;;***
11689 \f
11690 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (14081 4820))
11691 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
11692
11693 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
11694 Repeat most recently executed command.
11695 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
11696 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
11697 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
11698
11699 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
11700 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
11701 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil)
11702
11703 ;;;***
11704 \f
11705 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
11706 ;;;;;; (14356 24412))
11707 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
11708
11709 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
11710 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
11711
11712 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
11713 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
11714 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
11715
11716 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
11717 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
11718 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
11719 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
11720 left after that text.
11721
11722 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
11723 is non-nil.
11724
11725 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
11726 to initialize a a messagem, which the user can then edit and finally send
11727 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
11728 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil)
11729
11730 ;;;***
11731 \f
11732 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
11733 ;;;;;; (13229 29317))
11734 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
11735
11736 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
11737 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
11738 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
11739 visibility of comments that precede it.
11740 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
11741 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
11742 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
11743 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
11744 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
11745 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
11746 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
11747 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
11748 the comment lines.
11749 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
11750 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
11751 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
11752 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
11753 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
11754 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
11755
11756 ;;;***
11757 \f
11758 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679
11759 ;;;;;; 50658))
11760 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
11761
11762 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
11763 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
11764
11765 ;;;***
11766 \f
11767 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
11768 ;;;;;; (14283 6810))
11769 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
11770
11771 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
11772 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
11773
11774 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
11775 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
11776
11777 ;;;***
11778 \f
11779 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (14550 7959))
11780 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
11781 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
11782
11783 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
11784 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
11785 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
11786 other arguments for `rlogin'.
11787
11788 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
11789
11790 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
11791 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
11792 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
11793 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
11794
11795 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
11796 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
11797
11798 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
11799 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
11800
11801 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
11802 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
11803 INPUT-ARGS.
11804
11805 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
11806 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
11807 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
11808 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
11809 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
11810
11811 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
11812 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
11813 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
11814 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
11815
11816 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
11817 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
11818 variable." t nil)
11819
11820 ;;;***
11821 \f
11822 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
11823 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
11824 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
11825 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
11826 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
11827 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (14525 4986))
11828 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
11829
11830 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
11831 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages.
11832 A value of nil means exclude your own login name as an address
11833 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
11834
11835 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
11836 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
11837 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
11838 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
11839 value is the user's name.)
11840 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
11841
11842 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:" "\
11843 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
11844 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
11845 which normally happens once for each message,
11846 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
11847 To make a change in this variable take effect
11848 for a message that you have already viewed,
11849 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
11850
11851 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
11852 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
11853 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
11854 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
11855
11856 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers nil "\
11857 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
11858
11859 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
11860 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
11861 A value of nil means don't highlight.
11862 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
11863
11864 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
11865 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
11866
11867 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
11868 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
11869
11870 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
11871 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
11872 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
11873 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
11874 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
11875
11876 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
11877 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
11878
11879 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
11880 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
11881
11882 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
11883 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
11884
11885 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
11886 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
11887
11888 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
11889 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
11890
11891 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
11892 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
11893
11894 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
11895 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
11896
11897 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
11898 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
11899 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
11900 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
11901
11902 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
11903 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
11904
11905 This is set to nil by default.")
11906
11907 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
11908 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
11909 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
11910 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
11911 until a user explicitly requires it.")
11912
11913 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
11914 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.")
11915
11916 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
11917 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
11918 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
11919 this feature is required with `require'.")
11920
11921 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
11922 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
11923 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
11924 the message is decoded as normal way.
11925
11926 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
11927 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
11928 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
11929
11930 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
11931 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
11932 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
11933
11934 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
11935 Read and edit incoming mail.
11936 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
11937 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
11938 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
11939
11940 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
11941 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
11942 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
11943 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
11944
11945 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil)
11946
11947 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
11948 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
11949 All normal editing commands are turned off.
11950 Instead, these commands are available:
11951
11952 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
11953 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
11954 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
11955 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
11956 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
11957 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
11958 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
11959 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
11960 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
11961 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
11962 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
11963 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
11964 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
11965 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
11966 till a deleted message is found.
11967 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
11968 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
11969 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
11970 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
11971 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
11972 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
11973 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
11974 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
11975 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
11976 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
11977 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
11978 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
11979 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
11980 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
11981 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
11982 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
11983 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
11984 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
11985 (label defaults to last one specified).
11986 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
11987 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
11988 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
11989 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
11990 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
11991 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
11992 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
11993 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
11994 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
11995
11996 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
11997 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
11998
11999 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
12000 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil)
12001
12002 ;;;***
12003 \f
12004 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
12005 ;;;;;; (14387 64145))
12006 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
12007
12008 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
12009 Edit the contents of this message." t nil)
12010
12011 ;;;***
12012 \f
12013 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
12014 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
12015 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (12875 8164))
12016 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
12017
12018 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
12019 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
12020 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
12021
12022 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
12023 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
12024 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
12025
12026 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil)
12027
12028 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
12029 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
12030 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
12031 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
12032 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil)
12033
12034 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
12035 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
12036 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
12037 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
12038 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil)
12039
12040 ;;;***
12041 \f
12042 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
12043 ;;;;;; (13772 51133))
12044 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
12045
12046 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
12047 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
12048 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
12049 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil)
12050
12051 ;;;***
12052 \f
12053 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
12054 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
12055 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (14179 6393))
12056 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
12057
12058 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
12059 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
12060 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
12061 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
12062 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
12063 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
12064 a file name as a string.")
12065
12066 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
12067 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
12068 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
12069 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
12070 buffer visiting that file.
12071 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
12072 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
12073
12074 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
12075 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
12076
12077 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
12078 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count." t nil)
12079
12080 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
12081 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
12082
12083 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
12084 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
12085 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
12086 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
12087 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
12088
12089 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
12090 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
12091 will be appended with their original headers.
12092
12093 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
12094 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
12095
12096 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
12097 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
12098
12099 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil)
12100
12101 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
12102 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
12103 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil)
12104
12105 ;;;***
12106 \f
12107 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-keywords rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
12108 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
12109 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (13054
12110 ;;;;;; 26387))
12111 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
12112
12113 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
12114 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
12115 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
12116
12117 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
12118 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
12119 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
12120
12121 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
12122 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
12123 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
12124
12125 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
12126 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
12127 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
12128
12129 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
12130 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
12131 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
12132
12133 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
12134 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
12135 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
12136
12137 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-keywords) "rmailsort" "\
12138 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
12139 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
12140 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil)
12141
12142 ;;;***
12143 \f
12144 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-summary-line-decoder rmail-summary-by-senders
12145 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp rmail-summary-by-recipients
12146 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary rmail-summary-line-count-flag
12147 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el"
12148 ;;;;;; (14547 28270))
12149 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
12150
12151 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
12152 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
12153
12154 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
12155 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
12156
12157 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
12158 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil)
12159
12160 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
12161 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
12162 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil)
12163
12164 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
12165 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
12166 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
12167 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
12168 only look in the To and From fields.
12169 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
12170
12171 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
12172 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
12173 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
12174 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
12175 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil)
12176
12177 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
12178 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
12179 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
12180 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
12181 look in the whole message.
12182 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
12183
12184 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
12185 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
12186 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil)
12187
12188 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
12189 *Function to decode summary-line.
12190
12191 By default, `identity' is set.")
12192
12193 ;;;***
12194 \f
12195 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "mail/rnewspost.el"
12196 ;;;;;; (14263 36299))
12197 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rnewspost.el
12198
12199 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
12200 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
12201 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
12202 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil)
12203
12204 ;;;***
12205 \f
12206 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13"
12207 ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (12536 45574))
12208 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
12209
12210 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
12211 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
12212 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window." t nil)
12213
12214 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
12215 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil)
12216
12217 ;;;***
12218 \f
12219 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
12220 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
12221 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
12222 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "rsz-mini.el" (14301 25409))
12223 ;;; Generated autoloads from rsz-mini.el
12224
12225 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
12226 *This variable is obsolete.")
12227
12228 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12229
12230 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini))
12231
12232 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
12233 *This variable is obsolete.")
12234
12235 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
12236 *This variable is obsolete.")
12237
12238 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
12239 *This variable is obsolete.")
12240
12241 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
12242 *This variable is obsolete.")
12243
12244 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
12245 *This variable is obsolete.")
12246
12247 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
12248 This function is obsolete." t nil)
12249
12250 ;;;***
12251 \f
12252 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
12253 ;;;;;; (14432 37919))
12254 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
12255
12256 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
12257 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
12258 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
12259
12260 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
12261 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
12262 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
12263 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
12264 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\". For more information
12265 see the documentation for xscheme-interaction-mode.
12266
12267 Commands:
12268 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12269 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
12270 \\{scheme-mode-map}
12271 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
12272 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
12273
12274 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
12275 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
12276 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
12277
12278 Commands:
12279 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12280 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
12281 \\{scheme-mode-map}
12282 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
12283 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
12284 that variable's value is a string." t nil)
12285
12286 ;;;***
12287 \f
12288 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
12289 ;;;;;; (14030 49477))
12290 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
12291
12292 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
12293 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
12294 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
12295
12296 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
12297
12298 ;;;***
12299 \f
12300 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (14381
12301 ;;;;;; 55098))
12302 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
12303
12304 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
12305 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
12306 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
12307 \\{scribe-mode-map}
12308
12309 Interesting variables:
12310
12311 scribe-fancy-paragraphs
12312 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
12313
12314 scribe-electric-quote
12315 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
12316
12317 scribe-electric-parenthesis
12318 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
12319 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
12320
12321 ;;;***
12322 \f
12323 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
12324 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to
12325 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator mail-yank-ignored-headers
12326 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
12327 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (14532 62968))
12328 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
12329
12330 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
12331 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
12332
12333 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
12334 king@grassland.com
12335 If `parens', they look like:
12336 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
12337 If `angles', they look like:
12338 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
12339 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
12340 derived from the envelope-from address.
12341
12342 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
12343 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
12344 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
12345 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
12346
12347 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from t "\
12348 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
12349 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in `user-mail-address'.
12350
12351 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
12352 is a privileged operation.")
12353
12354 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
12355 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
12356 This is done when the message is initialized,
12357 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
12358
12359 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
12360 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
12361 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
12362
12363 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
12364 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
12365
12366 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
12367 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
12368 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
12369 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line.")
12370
12371 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
12372 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
12373
12374 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
12375 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
12376 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
12377
12378 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
12379 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
12380 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
12381 when you first send mail.")
12382
12383 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
12384 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
12385 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
12386 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
12387 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
12388
12389 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
12390 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
12391 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
12392 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
12393 This file need not actually exist.")
12394
12395 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
12396 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
12397 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
12398 If a string, that string is inserted.
12399 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
12400 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
12401 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
12402 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
12403
12404 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
12405 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
12406 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
12407 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
12408 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
12409 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
12410 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
12411 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC:
12412 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
12413 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
12414 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
12415 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
12416 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC)." t nil)
12417
12418 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
12419 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
12420 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
12421 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
12422 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
12423 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
12424
12425 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
12426 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
12427 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
12428
12429 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
12430 User should not set this variable manually,
12431 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
12432 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
12433 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
12434 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
12435
12436 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
12437 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
12438 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
12439 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
12440
12441 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
12442 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
12443
12444 \\<mail-mode-map>
12445 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
12446
12447 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
12448 to move to message header fields:
12449 \\{mail-mode-map}
12450
12451 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
12452 when the message is initialized.
12453
12454 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
12455 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
12456
12457 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
12458 is inserted.
12459
12460 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
12461 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
12462
12463 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
12464 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
12465
12466 The second through fifth arguments,
12467 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
12468 the initial contents of those header fields.
12469 These arguments should not have final newlines.
12470 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
12471 original message being replied to, or else an action
12472 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
12473 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
12474 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
12475 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
12476 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
12477 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
12478
12479 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
12480 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
12481
12482 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
12483 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
12484
12485 ;;;***
12486 \f
12487 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (14263 33343))
12488 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
12489
12490 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
12491 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
12492 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
12493 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
12494 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
12495 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
12496
12497 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
12498
12499 ;;;***
12500 \f
12501 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
12502 ;;;;;; (14501 37288))
12503 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
12504
12505 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
12506 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
12507 Makes > match <. Makes / blink matching /.
12508 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \" and ' can be electric depending on
12509 `sgml-quick-keys'.
12510
12511 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
12512 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
12513 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
12514
12515 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
12516 your `.emacs' file.
12517
12518 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
12519
12520 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
12521 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
12522 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil)
12523
12524 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
12525 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
12526 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
12527 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
12528 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
12529 which this is based.
12530
12531 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
12532
12533 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
12534 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
12535 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
12536 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
12537
12538 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
12539 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
12540 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
12541
12542 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
12543 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
12544 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
12545 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
12546
12547 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
12548 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
12549 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
12550 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
12551
12552 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
12553
12554 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
12555 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
12556 To work around that, do:
12557 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
12558
12559 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil)
12560
12561 ;;;***
12562 \f
12563 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
12564 ;;;;;; (14432 40418))
12565 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
12566
12567 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
12568
12569 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
12570 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
12571 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
12572 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
12573 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
12574 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
12575
12576 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
12577 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
12578 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
12579 shell-specific features.
12580
12581 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
12582 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
12583 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
12584
12585 \\[sh-case] case statement
12586 \\[sh-for] for loop
12587 \\[sh-function] function definition
12588 \\[sh-if] if statement
12589 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
12590 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
12591 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
12592 \\[sh-select] select loop
12593 \\[sh-until] until loop
12594 \\[sh-while] while loop
12595
12596 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
12597 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
12598 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
12599 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
12600 would indent to the way it currently is.
12601 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
12602 buffer indents as it currently is indendeted.
12603
12604
12605 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
12606 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
12607 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
12608 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
12609 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
12610 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
12611
12612 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
12613 {, (, [, ', \", `
12614 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
12615
12616 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
12617 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
12618 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
12619
12620 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
12621 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
12622
12623 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
12624
12625 ;;;***
12626 \f
12627 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
12628 ;;;;;; (13667 35245))
12629 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
12630
12631 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
12632 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
12633
12634 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
12635 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
12636 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
12637 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
12638 the earlier.
12639
12640 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
12641
12642 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
12643
12644 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
12645 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
12646 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
12647
12648 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
12649 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
12650
12651 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
12652 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
12653 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
12654 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
12655 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
12656 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
12657 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
12658 emacs version).
12659
12660 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
12661 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
12662 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
12663 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
12664 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
12665
12666 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
12667 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
12668 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil)
12669
12670 ;;;***
12671 \f
12672 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-prompt-pattern) "shell" "shell.el"
12673 ;;;;;; (14263 35978))
12674 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
12675
12676 (defvar shell-prompt-pattern "^[^#$%>\n]*[#$%>] *" "\
12677 Regexp to match prompts in the inferior shell.
12678 Defaults to \"^[^#$%>\\n]*[#$%>] *\", which works pretty well.
12679 This variable is used to initialise `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
12680 shell buffer.
12681
12682 The pattern should probably not match more than one line. If it does,
12683 Shell mode may become confused trying to distinguish prompt from input
12684 on lines which don't start with a prompt.
12685
12686 This is a fine thing to set in your `.emacs' file.")
12687
12688 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
12689 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through buffer *shell*.
12690 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
12691 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to buffer `*shell*'.
12692 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
12693 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
12694 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
12695 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
12696 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
12697 discards input when it starts up.)
12698 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
12699 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
12700 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
12701
12702 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
12703 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
12704 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
12705 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
12706 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
12707 `default-process-coding-system'.
12708
12709 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
12710 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
12711 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
12712 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
12713
12714 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
12715 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
12716
12717 ;;;***
12718 \f
12719 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (14256
12720 ;;;;;; 23740))
12721 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
12722
12723 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
12724 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
12725 \\{simula-mode-map}
12726 Variables controlling indentation style:
12727 simula-tab-always-indent
12728 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
12729 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
12730 simula-indent-level
12731 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
12732 simula-substatement-offset
12733 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
12734 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
12735 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
12736 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
12737 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
12738 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
12739 simula-label-offset -4711
12740 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
12741 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
12742 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
12743 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
12744 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
12745 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
12746 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
12747 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
12748 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
12749 simula-electric-indent nil
12750 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
12751 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
12752 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
12753 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
12754 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
12755 or nil if they should not be changed.
12756 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
12757 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
12758 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
12759 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
12760
12761 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
12762 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
12763
12764 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
12765 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
12766 at all." t nil)
12767
12768 ;;;***
12769 \f
12770 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
12771 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
12772 ;;;;;; (13940 33497))
12773 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
12774
12775 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
12776 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
12777
12778 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
12779 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
12780 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
12781 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
12782 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro))
12783
12784 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
12785 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
12786 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
12787 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
12788 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
12789 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
12790 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
12791
12792 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
12793 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
12794 ignored." t nil)
12795
12796 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
12797 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
12798 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
12799 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
12800 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
12801 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
12802 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
12803
12804 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
12805 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
12806 ignored." t nil)
12807
12808 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
12809 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
12810
12811 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
12812 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
12813 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
12814 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
12815
12816 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
12817 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
12818 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
12819 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
12820
12821 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
12822 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
12823 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
12824
12825 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
12826 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
12827
12828 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
12829 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
12830
12831 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
12832 _ interesting point, interregion here, point after termination
12833 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
12834 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
12835 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
12836 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
12837 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
12838 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
12839 nil skipped
12840
12841 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
12842 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
12843 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
12844 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
12845 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
12846 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
12847 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
12848 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
12849
12850 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
12851 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
12852 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
12853 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
12854 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
12855 available:
12856
12857 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
12858 then: insert previously read string once more
12859 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
12860 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
12861 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
12862
12863 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
12864 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
12865
12866 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
12867 Insert the character you type ARG times.
12868
12869 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
12870 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
12871 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
12872 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
12873
12874 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
12875 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
12876 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
12877
12878 ;;;***
12879 \f
12880 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (14415
12881 ;;;;;; 42981))
12882 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
12883
12884 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
12885 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
12886 \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil)
12887
12888 ;;;***
12889 \f
12890 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el"
12891 ;;;;;; (14342 21398))
12892 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
12893
12894 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil)
12895
12896 ;;;***
12897 \f
12898 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (13700 16733))
12899 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
12900
12901 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
12902 Play the Snake game.
12903 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
12904
12905 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
12906
12907 snake-mode keybindings:
12908 \\<snake-mode-map>
12909 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
12910 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
12911 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
12912 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
12913 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
12914 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
12915 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
12916
12917 " t nil)
12918
12919 ;;;***
12920 \f
12921 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
12922 ;;;;;; (14082 18459))
12923 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
12924
12925 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
12926 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
12927 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
12928 Tab indents for C code.
12929 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
12930 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12931 \\{snmp-mode-map}
12932 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
12933 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil)
12934
12935 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
12936 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
12937 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
12938 Tab indents for C code.
12939 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
12940 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12941 \\{snmp-mode-map}
12942 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
12943 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil)
12944
12945 ;;;***
12946 \f
12947 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
12948 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
12949 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (13462 53924))
12950 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
12951
12952 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
12953 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
12954
12955 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
12956 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
12957 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
12958
12959 For example, the form
12960
12961 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
12962 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
12963
12964 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
12965
12966 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
12967 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
12968
12969 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
12970 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
12971 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
12972 York City.
12973
12974 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
12975
12976 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
12977 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
12978
12979 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
12980 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
12981 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
12982 York City.
12983
12984 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
12985
12986 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
12987 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
12988 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
12989 pair.
12990
12991 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
12992
12993 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
12994 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
12995 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
12996
12997 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
12998 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
12999
13000 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
13001
13002 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
13003 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
13004 Requires floating point." nil nil)
13005
13006 ;;;***
13007 \f
13008 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (13672
13009 ;;;;;; 20348))
13010 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
13011
13012 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
13013 Play Solitaire.
13014
13015 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
13016 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
13017 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
13018 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
13019 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
13020 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
13021 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
13022 check after each move or undo)
13023
13024 What is Solitaire?
13025
13026 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
13027 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
13028 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
13029
13030 Le Solitaire
13031 ============
13032
13033 o o o
13034
13035 o o o
13036
13037 o o o o o o o
13038
13039 o o o . o o o
13040
13041 o o o o o o o
13042
13043 o o o
13044
13045 o o o
13046
13047 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
13048 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
13049 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
13050 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
13051
13052 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
13053 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
13054 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
13055 this: o o .
13056
13057 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
13058 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
13059
13060 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
13061
13062 o o o
13063
13064 . o o
13065
13066 o o . o o o o
13067
13068 o . o o o o o
13069
13070 o o o o o o o
13071
13072 o o o
13073
13074 o o o
13075
13076 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
13077
13078 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil)
13079
13080 ;;;***
13081 \f
13082 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
13083 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
13084 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (14481 36636))
13085 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
13086
13087 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
13088 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
13089 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
13090
13091 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
13092 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
13093 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
13094 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
13095 contiguous.
13096
13097 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
13098 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
13099 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13100 the sort order.
13101
13102 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
13103 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
13104
13105 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
13106 It moves point to the start of the next record.
13107 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
13108 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
13109 is called.
13110
13111 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
13112 It should move point to the end of the record.
13113
13114 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
13115 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
13116 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
13117 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
13118 starts at the beginning of the record.
13119
13120 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
13121 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
13122 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
13123
13124 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
13125 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
13126 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
13127 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
13128 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13129 the sort order." t nil)
13130
13131 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
13132 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
13133 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
13134 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
13135 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13136 the sort order." t nil)
13137
13138 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
13139 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
13140 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
13141 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
13142 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13143 the sort order." t nil)
13144
13145 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
13146 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
13147 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
13148 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
13149 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
13150 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
13151 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
13152 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
13153 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
13154
13155 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
13156 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
13157 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
13158 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
13159 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
13160 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
13161 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13162 the sort order." t nil)
13163
13164 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
13165 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
13166 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
13167 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
13168 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
13169 is to be used for sorting.
13170 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
13171 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
13172 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
13173 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
13174 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
13175
13176 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
13177
13178 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13179 the sort order.
13180
13181 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
13182 starting with the letter \"f\",
13183 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
13184
13185 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
13186 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
13187 For the purpose of this command, the region includes
13188 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
13189 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
13190 A prefix argument means sort into reverse order.
13191 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
13192 the sort order.
13193
13194 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
13195 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
13196 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
13197 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
13198 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
13199
13200 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
13201 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
13202 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
13203
13204 ;;;***
13205 \f
13206 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
13207 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (14403 56247))
13208 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
13209
13210 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
13211
13212 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
13213 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
13214 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
13215 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
13216 supported at a time.
13217 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
13218 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil)
13219
13220 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
13221 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
13222 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
13223 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil)
13224
13225 ;;;***
13226 \f
13227 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
13228 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (13553 46858))
13229 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
13230
13231 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
13232
13233 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
13234 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
13235 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
13236 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
13237 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
13238 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
13239
13240 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
13241 Check spelling of word at or before point.
13242 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
13243 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
13244
13245 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
13246 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
13247 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
13248 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
13249 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
13250
13251 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
13252 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
13253
13254 ;;;***
13255 \f
13256 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (13607
13257 ;;;;;; 43485))
13258 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
13259
13260 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
13261 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
13262
13263 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
13264 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
13265
13266 ;;;***
13267 \f
13268 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-postgres sql-mode sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
13269 ;;;;;; (14395 64503))
13270 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
13271
13272 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
13273 Show short help for the SQL modes.
13274
13275 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
13276 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
13277
13278 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
13279
13280 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
13281
13282 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
13283
13284 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
13285 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
13286 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
13287 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
13288 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
13289 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
13290 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
13291
13292 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
13293
13294 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
13295 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
13296 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
13297 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
13298
13299 Put a line with a call to autoload into your `~/.emacs' file for each
13300 entry function you want to use regularly:
13301
13302 \(autoload 'sql-postgres \"sql\" \"Interactive SQL mode.\" t)
13303
13304 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
13305 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
13306 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
13307 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
13308
13309 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
13310 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
13311 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil)
13312
13313 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
13314 Major mode to edit SQL.
13315
13316 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
13317 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
13318 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
13319
13320 \\{sql-mode-map}
13321 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
13322
13323 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
13324 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
13325 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
13326 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
13327 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
13328 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
13329
13330 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
13331 `sql-interactive-mode'." t nil)
13332
13333 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
13334 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
13335
13336 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
13337 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
13338 `*SQL*'.
13339
13340 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
13341 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
13342
13343 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
13344 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
13345
13346 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
13347 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
13348 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
13349 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
13350 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
13351 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
13352 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
13353 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
13354
13355 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
13356 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
13357
13358 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
13359
13360 ;;;***
13361 \f
13362 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-mode strokes-load-user-strokes strokes-help
13363 ;;;;;; strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke strokes-do-stroke
13364 ;;;;;; strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke strokes-global-set-stroke)
13365 ;;;;;; "strokes" "strokes.el" (14527 50024))
13366 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
13367
13368 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
13369 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled")
13370
13371 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
13372 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
13373 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
13374 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
13375 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
13376 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
13377
13378 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke))
13379
13380 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
13381 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
13382 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
13383 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
13384 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
13385 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
13386 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
13387
13388 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
13389 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
13390 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
13391 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
13392 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and
13393 then complete the stroke with button3.
13394 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
13395
13396 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
13397 Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its comand.
13398 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
13399
13400 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
13401 Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
13402 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
13403
13404 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
13405 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
13406
13407 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke))
13408
13409 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
13410 Get instructional help on using the the `strokes' package." t nil)
13411
13412 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
13413 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
13414
13415 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes))
13416
13417 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
13418 Toggle strokes being enabled.
13419 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true.
13420 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor
13421 mode in all buffers when activated.
13422 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define
13423 new strokes with
13424
13425 > M-x global-set-stroke
13426
13427 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
13428 Sh-button-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your
13429 strokes with
13430
13431 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer
13432 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil)
13433
13434 ;;;***
13435 \f
13436 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
13437 ;;;;;; (14385 23097))
13438 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
13439
13440 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
13441 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
13442 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
13443 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]'
13444 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
13445 original message but it does require a few things:
13446
13447 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
13448
13449 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
13450 reply buffer.
13451
13452 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
13453 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
13454 original message.
13455
13456 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
13457
13458 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
13459
13460 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
13461 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
13462 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil)
13463
13464 ;;;***
13465 \f
13466 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639))
13467 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
13468
13469 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
13470 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
13471 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
13472 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
13473 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
13474
13475 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
13476 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
13477 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
13478 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
13479 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
13480 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
13481 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
13482
13483 ;;;***
13484 \f
13485 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (13229 29630))
13486 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
13487
13488 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
13489 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil)
13490
13491 ;;;***
13492 \f
13493 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (14495 17995))
13494 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
13495
13496 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
13497 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
13498 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
13499 Letters no longer insert themselves.
13500 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
13501 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
13502 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
13503
13504 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
13505 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
13506 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
13507 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
13508
13509 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
13510 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil)
13511
13512 ;;;***
13513 \f
13514 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
13515 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (14248 50428))
13516 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
13517
13518 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
13519 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
13520 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
13521 Tab indents for Tcl code.
13522 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
13523 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13524
13525 Variables controlling indentation style:
13526 tcl-indent-level
13527 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
13528 tcl-continued-indent-level
13529 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
13530
13531 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
13532 documentation for details):
13533 tcl-tab-always-indent
13534 Controls action of TAB key.
13535 tcl-auto-newline
13536 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
13537 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
13538 tcl-electric-hash-style
13539 Controls action of `#' key.
13540 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector
13541 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector.
13542 This variable is only used in Emacs 19.
13543 tcl-use-smart-word-finder
13544 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
13545 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
13546
13547 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
13548 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
13549 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
13550 already exist.
13551
13552 Commands:
13553 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
13554
13555 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
13556 Run inferior Tcl process.
13557 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
13558 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
13559
13560 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
13561 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
13562 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
13563
13564 ;;;***
13565 \f
13566 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (13858 52416))
13567 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
13568 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
13569
13570 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
13571 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
13572 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
13573 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
13574 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
13575 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
13576 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
13577 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
13578
13579 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
13580 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
13581 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
13582 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
13583
13584 ;;;***
13585 \f
13586 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (14268
13587 ;;;;;; 17354))
13588 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
13589
13590 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
13591 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
13592 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
13593 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
13594 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
13595 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
13596
13597 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
13598 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
13599
13600 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
13601 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
13602
13603 ;;;***
13604 \f
13605 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (14280
13606 ;;;;;; 10588))
13607 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
13608
13609 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
13610 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
13611 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
13612 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
13613 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
13614 program as keyboard input.
13615
13616 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
13617 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
13618 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
13619 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
13620
13621 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
13622 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
13623 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
13624 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
13625 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
13626
13627 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
13628
13629 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
13630 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
13631 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
13632 terminal-redisplay-interval.
13633
13634 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
13635 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
13636 subprocess started." t nil)
13637
13638 ;;;***
13639 \f
13640 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (13700 16411))
13641 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
13642
13643 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
13644 Play the Tetris game.
13645 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
13646 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
13647 as to form complete rows.
13648
13649 tetris-mode keybindings:
13650 \\<tetris-mode-map>
13651 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
13652 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
13653 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
13654 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
13655 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
13656 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
13657 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
13658 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
13659
13660 " t nil)
13661
13662 ;;;***
13663 \f
13664 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
13665 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
13666 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
13667 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
13668 ;;;;;; tex-start-options-string slitex-run-command latex-run-command
13669 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
13670 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
13671 ;;;;;; (14365 34873))
13672 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
13673
13674 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
13675 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
13676
13677 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
13678 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
13679 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
13680 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
13681 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
13682
13683 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
13684 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
13685 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
13686 if it matches the first line of the file,
13687 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
13688
13689 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
13690 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
13691 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
13692 if the variable is non-nil.")
13693
13694 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
13695 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
13696
13697 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
13698 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
13699 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
13700 See the documentation of that variable.")
13701
13702 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
13703 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
13704 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
13705 See the documentation of that variable.")
13706
13707 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
13708 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
13709 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
13710 See the documentation of that variable.")
13711
13712 (defvar tex-start-options-string "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
13713 *TeX options to use when running TeX.
13714 These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option.
13715 See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
13716
13717 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
13718 *User defined LaTeX block names.
13719 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
13720
13721 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
13722 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
13723 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
13724 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
13725
13726 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
13727 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
13728 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
13729 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
13730
13731 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
13732 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
13733 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
13734 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
13735
13736 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
13737 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
13738 for example,
13739
13740 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
13741 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
13742
13743 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
13744 use.")
13745
13746 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\
13747 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
13748 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
13749 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
13750
13751 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the
13752 window system being used. For example,
13753
13754 (setq tex-dvi-view-command
13755 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\"))
13756
13757 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty
13758 otherwise.")
13759
13760 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
13761 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
13762 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
13763
13764 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
13765 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
13766 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
13767 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
13768 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
13769
13770 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
13771 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
13772
13773 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
13774 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
13775
13776 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
13777 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
13778 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
13779 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
13780 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
13781 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
13782 says which mode to use." t nil)
13783
13784 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
13785
13786 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
13787
13788 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
13789
13790 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
13791 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
13792 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
13793 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
13794 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
13795
13796 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
13797 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
13798 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
13799 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
13800 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
13801 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
13802 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
13803
13804 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
13805 mismatched $'s or braces.
13806
13807 Special commands:
13808 \\{tex-mode-map}
13809
13810 Mode variables:
13811 tex-run-command
13812 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
13813 tex-directory
13814 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
13815 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
13816 tex-dvi-print-command
13817 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
13818 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
13819 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
13820 argument) to print a .dvi file.
13821 tex-dvi-view-command
13822 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
13823 tex-show-queue-command
13824 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
13825 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
13826
13827 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
13828 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
13829 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
13830
13831 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
13832 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
13833 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
13834 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
13835 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
13836
13837 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
13838 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
13839 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
13840 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
13841 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
13842 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
13843 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
13844
13845 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
13846 mismatched $'s or braces.
13847
13848 Special commands:
13849 \\{tex-mode-map}
13850
13851 Mode variables:
13852 latex-run-command
13853 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
13854 tex-directory
13855 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
13856 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
13857 tex-dvi-print-command
13858 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
13859 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
13860 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
13861 argument) to print a .dvi file.
13862 tex-dvi-view-command
13863 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
13864 tex-show-queue-command
13865 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
13866 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
13867
13868 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
13869 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
13870 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
13871
13872 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
13873 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
13874 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
13875 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
13876 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
13877
13878 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
13879 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
13880 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
13881 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
13882 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
13883 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
13884 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
13885
13886 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
13887 mismatched $'s or braces.
13888
13889 Special commands:
13890 \\{tex-mode-map}
13891
13892 Mode variables:
13893 slitex-run-command
13894 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
13895 tex-directory
13896 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
13897 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
13898 tex-dvi-print-command
13899 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
13900 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
13901 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
13902 argument) to print a .dvi file.
13903 tex-dvi-view-command
13904 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
13905 tex-show-queue-command
13906 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
13907 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
13908
13909 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
13910 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
13911 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
13912 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
13913
13914 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil)
13915
13916 ;;;***
13917 \f
13918 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
13919 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (14456 53455))
13920 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
13921
13922 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
13923 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
13924 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
13925 name specified in the @setfilename command.
13926
13927 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
13928 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
13929 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
13930
13931 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
13932 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
13933 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
13934 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
13935 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
13936
13937 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
13938 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
13939 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
13940 names specified in the @setfilename command.
13941
13942 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
13943 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
13944 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
13945 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
13946
13947 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
13948 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil)
13949
13950 ;;;***
13951 \f
13952 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el"
13953 ;;;;;; (14536 60906))
13954 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
13955
13956 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
13957 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
13958
13959 It has these extra commands:
13960 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
13961
13962 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
13963 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
13964 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
13965 modified version of TeX input format.
13966
13967 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
13968 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
13969 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
13970 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
13971
13972 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
13973 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
13974 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
13975 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
13976 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
13977 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
13978 in the Texinfo file.
13979
13980 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
13981 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
13982 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
13983 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
13984 move forward past the closing brace.
13985
13986 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
13987 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
13988
13989 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
13990 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
13991 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
13992
13993 Here are the functions:
13994
13995 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
13996 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
13997 texinfo-sequential-node-update
13998
13999 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
14000 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
14001 texinfo-master-menu
14002
14003 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
14004
14005 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
14006 which menu descriptions are indented.
14007
14008 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
14009 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
14010 in the region.
14011
14012 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
14013 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
14014 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
14015 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
14016
14017 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
14018 be the first node in the file.
14019
14020 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of text-mode-hook, and then the
14021 value of texinfo-mode-hook." t nil)
14022
14023 ;;;***
14024 \f
14025 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-sequential-node-update texinfo-every-node-update
14026 ;;;;;; texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
14027 ;;;;;; (14263 36019))
14028 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texnfo-upd.el
14029
14030 (autoload (quote texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "\
14031 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
14032 Interactively, a prefix argument means to operate on the region.
14033
14034 The functions for creating or updating nodes and menus, and their
14035 keybindings, are:
14036
14037 texinfo-update-node (&optional beginning end) \\[texinfo-update-node]
14038 texinfo-every-node-update () \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
14039 texinfo-sequential-node-update (&optional region-p)
14040
14041 texinfo-make-menu (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-make-menu]
14042 texinfo-all-menus-update () \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
14043 texinfo-master-menu ()
14044
14045 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
14046
14047 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
14048 which menu descriptions are indented. Its default value is 32." t nil)
14049
14050 (autoload (quote texinfo-every-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\
14051 Update every node in a Texinfo file." t nil)
14052
14053 (autoload (quote texinfo-sequential-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\
14054 Update one node (or many) in a Texinfo file with sequential pointers.
14055
14056 This function causes the `Next' or `Previous' pointer to point to the
14057 immediately preceding or following node, even if it is at a higher or
14058 lower hierarchical level in the document. Continually pressing `n' or
14059 `p' takes you straight through the file.
14060
14061 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
14062 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the
14063 marked region.
14064
14065 This command makes it awkward to navigate among sections and
14066 subsections; it should be used only for those documents that are meant
14067 to be read like a novel rather than a reference, and for which the
14068 Info `g*' command is inadequate." t nil)
14069
14070 ;;;***
14071 \f
14072 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
14073 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region
14074 ;;;;;; setup-thai-environment) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
14075 ;;;;;; (14477 53255))
14076 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
14077
14078 (autoload (quote setup-thai-environment) "thai-util" "\
14079 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Thai." t nil)
14080
14081 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
14082 Compose Thai characters in the region.
14083 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
14084 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
14085
14086 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
14087 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil)
14088
14089 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
14090 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil)
14091
14092 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
14093
14094 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
14095 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
14096 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
14097 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
14098 to compose.
14099
14100 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
14101
14102 ;;;***
14103 \f
14104 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
14105 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
14106 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (14495 17997))
14107 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
14108
14109 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
14110 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil)
14111
14112 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
14113 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
14114 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
14115 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
14116 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
14117
14118 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
14119 a symbol as a valid THING.
14120
14121 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
14122 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil)
14123
14124 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
14125 Return the THING at point.
14126 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
14127 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
14128 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
14129
14130 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
14131 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil)
14132
14133 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
14134
14135 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
14136
14137 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
14138
14139 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
14140
14141 ;;;***
14142 \f
14143 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion
14144 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-composition-function
14145 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
14146 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p setup-tibetan-environment)
14147 ;;;;;; "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (14423 51008))
14148 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
14149
14150 (autoload (quote setup-tibetan-environment) "tibet-util" nil t nil)
14151
14152 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
14153 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
14154 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil)
14155
14156 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
14157 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil)
14158
14159 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
14160 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
14161 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil)
14162
14163 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
14164 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil)
14165
14166 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
14167 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil)
14168
14169 (defalias (quote tibetan-decompose-region) (quote decompose-region))
14170
14171 (defalias (quote tibetan-decompose-string) (quote decompose-string))
14172
14173 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
14174
14175 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
14176 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
14177 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil)
14178
14179 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
14180 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
14181 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil)
14182
14183 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
14184
14185 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
14186
14187 ;;;***
14188 \f
14189 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
14190 ;;;;;; (14357 30776))
14191 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
14192
14193 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
14194 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
14195 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
14196 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
14197 parameters.
14198 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
14199
14200 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
14201 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
14202 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
14203 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
14204 parameters.
14205 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
14206
14207 ;;;***
14208 \f
14209 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date
14210 ;;;;;; display-time-mode) "time" "time.el" (14526 14916))
14211 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
14212
14213 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
14214 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
14215 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14216 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
14217
14218 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14219
14220 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time))
14221
14222 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
14223 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
14224
14225 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
14226 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
14227 This display updates automatically every minute.
14228 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
14229 are displayed as well.
14230 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
14231
14232 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
14233 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
14234 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
14235
14236 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
14237 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
14238 are displayed as well.
14239 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
14240
14241 ;;;***
14242 \f
14243 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
14244 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (14277 60981))
14245 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
14246
14247 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
14248 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
14249 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
14250 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
14251 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
14252 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
14253 look like one of the following:
14254 Time-stamp: <>
14255 Time-stamp: \" \"
14256 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
14257 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
14258 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
14259 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
14260 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
14261 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
14262 template." t nil)
14263
14264 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
14265 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
14266 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
14267
14268 ;;;***
14269 \f
14270 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
14271 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
14272 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (13316 52821))
14273 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
14274
14275 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
14276
14277 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
14278 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil)
14279
14280 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
14281 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil)
14282
14283 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
14284 Perform an action at time TIME.
14285 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
14286 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
14287 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
14288 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
14289 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
14290 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
14291
14292 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
14293
14294 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
14295 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
14296 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
14297 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
14298 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
14299
14300 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
14301
14302 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
14303 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
14304 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
14305 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil)
14306
14307 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
14308 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
14309 If REPEAT is non-nil, do this each time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
14310 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
14311 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
14312
14313 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
14314 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
14315
14316 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
14317 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
14318 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
14319 The call should look like:
14320 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
14321 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
14322 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
14323 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
14324 be detected." nil (quote macro))
14325
14326 ;;;***
14327 \f
14328 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
14329 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (13618 46800))
14330 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
14331
14332 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
14333 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
14334 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
14335 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil)
14336
14337 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
14338 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
14339 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
14340 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
14341 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
14342 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
14343 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil)
14344
14345 ;;;***
14346 \f
14347 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
14348 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (14467 13719))
14349 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
14350 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
14351 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
14352 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
14353
14354 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
14355 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
14356 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
14357 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
14358 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil)
14359
14360 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
14361 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
14362 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
14363 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
14364 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil)
14365
14366 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
14367 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
14368 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
14369 in the menu in two ways:
14370 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
14371 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
14372 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
14373
14374 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
14375 keymap or an alist of alists.
14376 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
14377 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil)
14378
14379 ;;;***
14380 \f
14381 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
14382 ;;;;;; (14495 17998))
14383 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
14384
14385 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
14386 Mode for tooltip display.
14387 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
14388
14389 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
14390 Toggle tooltip-mode.
14391 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14392 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
14393
14394 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14395
14396 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip))
14397
14398 ;;;***
14399 \f
14400 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (14299
14401 ;;;;;; 63726))
14402 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
14403
14404 (fset (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
14405
14406 (fset (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
14407
14408 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
14409 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
14410
14411 ;;;***
14412 \f
14413 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
14414 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (13623 36919))
14415 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
14416
14417 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
14418 Set scroll margins." t nil)
14419
14420 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
14421 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
14422
14423 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
14424 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
14425
14426 ;;;***
14427 \f
14428 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (13509 34547))
14429 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
14430
14431 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
14432 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
14433 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
14434 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
14435 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
14436
14437 ;;;***
14438 \f
14439 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
14440 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (13607 52440))
14441 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
14442
14443 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
14444 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
14445
14446 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
14447 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
14448 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
14449 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
14450 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
14451 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
14452 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
14453 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
14454
14455 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
14456 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
14457 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
14458 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
14459 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
14460 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
14461 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
14462
14463 ;;;***
14464 \f
14465 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
14466 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (13940 33924))
14467 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
14468 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
14469 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
14470 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
14471
14472 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
14473 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
14474 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
14475 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
14476 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
14477 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
14478 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil)
14479
14480 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
14481 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
14482 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
14483 accepting the proposed default buffer.
14484
14485 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
14486
14487 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
14488 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
14489 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
14490 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
14491 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
14492 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
14493 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
14494
14495 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
14496 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
14497
14498 First column's text sSs Second column's text
14499 \\___/\\
14500 / \\
14501 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
14502
14503 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
14504
14505 ;;;***
14506 \f
14507 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
14508 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
14509 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
14510 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14263 36029))
14511 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
14512
14513 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
14514 Toggle typing break mode.
14515 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
14516 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14517 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
14518
14519 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14520
14521 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break))
14522
14523 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
14524 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
14525
14526 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
14527 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
14528
14529 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
14530 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
14531 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
14532
14533 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
14534 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
14535
14536 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
14537 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
14538 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
14539
14540 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
14541 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
14542 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
14543 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
14544 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
14545 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
14546
14547 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
14548 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
14549 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
14550 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
14551
14552 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
14553 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
14554
14555 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
14556 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
14557
14558 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
14559 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
14560 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
14561
14562 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
14563 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
14564 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
14565 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
14566 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
14567 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
14568 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
14569
14570 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
14571 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
14572
14573 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
14574 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
14575 reset the keystroke counter.
14576
14577 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
14578 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
14579 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
14580 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
14581
14582 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
14583 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
14584 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
14585 `type-break-schedule' command.
14586
14587 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
14588 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
14589 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
14590 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
14591 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
14592 or not to continue.
14593
14594 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
14595 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
14596 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
14597 approximate good values for this.
14598
14599 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
14600 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
14601
14602 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
14603 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
14604 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
14605 `type-break-warning-repeat'
14606 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
14607 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
14608
14609 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
14610 a typing break occur. They include:
14611
14612 `type-break-query-mode'
14613 `type-break-query-function'
14614 `type-break-query-interval'
14615
14616 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil)
14617
14618 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
14619 Take a typing break.
14620
14621 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
14622 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
14623
14624 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
14625 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil)
14626
14627 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
14628 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
14629 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
14630 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil)
14631
14632 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
14633 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
14634
14635 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
14636 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
14637 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
14638 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
14639 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
14640 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
14641 average typing speed.)
14642
14643 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
14644 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
14645 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
14646 the computed maximum threshold.
14647
14648 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
14649 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
14650 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
14651 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
14652 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil)
14653
14654 ;;;***
14655 \f
14656 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
14657 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (14228 39817))
14658 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
14659
14660 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
14661 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
14662 Works by overstriking underscores.
14663 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
14664 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
14665
14666 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
14667 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
14668 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
14669 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
14670
14671 ;;;***
14672 \f
14673 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
14674 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (14473 58848))
14675 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
14676
14677 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
14678 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
14679 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil)
14680
14681 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
14682 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
14683 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
14684 following the containing message." t nil)
14685
14686 ;;;***
14687 \f
14688 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
14689 ;;;;;; (13229 29740))
14690 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
14691
14692 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
14693 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
14694 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
14695 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
14696 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
14697 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
14698
14699 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
14700 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil)
14701
14702 ;;;***
14703 \f
14704 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
14705 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (14365 43297))
14706 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
14707
14708 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
14709 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
14710 This function has a choice of three things to do:
14711 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
14712 to refrain from editing the file
14713 return t (grab the lock on the file)
14714 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
14715 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
14716 in any way you like." nil nil)
14717
14718 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
14719 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
14720 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
14721 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
14722 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
14723
14724 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
14725 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
14726
14727 ;;;***
14728 \f
14729 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
14730 ;;;;;; vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot
14731 ;;;;;; vc-create-snapshot vc-directory vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge
14732 ;;;;;; vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window vc-diff vc-register
14733 ;;;;;; vc-next-action edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-annotate-mode-hook
14734 ;;;;;; vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (14478
14735 ;;;;;; 52465))
14736 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
14737
14738 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
14739 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
14740 See `run-hooks'.")
14741
14742 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
14743 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file gets checked in.
14744 See `run-hooks'.")
14745
14746 (defvar vc-annotate-mode-hook nil "\
14747 *Hooks to run when VC-Annotate mode is turned on.")
14748
14749 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
14750 Execute BODY, checking out a writable copy of FILE first if necessary.
14751 After BODY has been executed, check-in FILE with COMMENT (a string).
14752 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
14753 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
14754 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro))
14755
14756 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
14757 Edit FILE under version control, executing BODY. Checkin with COMMENT.
14758 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
14759 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro))
14760
14761 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
14762 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file.
14763 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
14764 it will operate on the file in the current line.
14765 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
14766 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
14767 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
14768 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
14769 lock steals will raise an error.
14770 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
14771
14772 For RCS and SCCS files:
14773 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
14774 control.
14775 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
14776 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
14777 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
14778 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
14779 it performs a revert.
14780 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
14781 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
14782 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
14783 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
14784 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
14785 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
14786 the option to steal the lock.
14787
14788 For CVS files:
14789 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
14790 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
14791 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
14792 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
14793 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
14794 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
14795 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
14796 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
14797 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
14798
14799 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
14800 Register the current file into your version-control system." t nil)
14801
14802 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
14803 Display diffs between file versions.
14804 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent
14805 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments.
14806 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use
14807 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil)
14808
14809 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
14810 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window.
14811 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
14812 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil)
14813
14814 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
14815 Insert headers in a file for use with your version-control system.
14816 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
14817 the variable `vc-header-alist'." t nil)
14818
14819 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" nil t nil)
14820
14821 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\
14822 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer.
14823 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil)
14824
14825 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" nil t nil)
14826
14827 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
14828 Make a snapshot called NAME.
14829 The snapshot is made from all registered files at or below the current
14830 directory. For each file, the version level of its latest
14831 version becomes part of the named configuration." t nil)
14832
14833 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
14834 Retrieve the snapshot called NAME, or latest versions if NAME is empty.
14835 When retrieving a snapshot, there must not be any locked files at or below
14836 the current directory. If none are locked, all registered files are
14837 checked out (unlocked) at their version levels in the snapshot NAME.
14838 If NAME is the empty string, all registered files that are not currently
14839 locked are updated to the latest versions." t nil)
14840
14841 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
14842 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
14843
14844 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
14845 Revert the current buffer's file back to the version it was based on.
14846 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
14847 to that version. Note that for RCS and CVS, this function does not
14848 automatically pick up newer changes found in the master file;
14849 use C-u \\[vc-next-action] RET to do so." t nil)
14850
14851 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
14852 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
14853 A prefix argument means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
14854
14855 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
14856 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
14857
14858 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
14859 Find change log file and add entries from recent RCS/CVS logs.
14860 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
14861 directory using `rcs2log', which finds CVS logs preferentially.
14862 The mark is left at the end of the text prepended to the change log.
14863
14864 With prefix arg of C-u, only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
14865
14866 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
14867 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
14868 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
14869
14870 From a program, any arguments are assumed to be filenames and are
14871 passed to the `rcs2log' script after massaging to be relative to the
14872 default directory." t nil)
14873
14874 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
14875 Display the result of the CVS `annotate' command using colors.
14876 New lines are displayed in red, old in blue.
14877 A prefix argument specifies a factor for stretching the time scale.
14878
14879 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
14880 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
14881 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
14882 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil)
14883
14884 ;;;***
14885 \f
14886 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
14887 ;;;;;; (14385 10956))
14888 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
14889
14890 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
14891 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
14892
14893 Usage:
14894 ------
14895
14896 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
14897 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
14898 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
14899 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
14900 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
14901 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
14902 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'.
14903 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template
14904 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
14905 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable
14906 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
14907 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
14908 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
14909 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
14910 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'.
14911 The following abbreviations can also be used:
14912 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
14913 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
14914 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
14915
14916 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A
14917 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
14918 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'.
14919
14920 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
14921 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by
14922 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
14923 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
14924 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
14925 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
14926 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
14927 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
14928 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
14929
14930 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
14931 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
14932 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions.
14933 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
14934 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
14935 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
14936 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\"
14937 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\").
14938
14939 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
14940 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
14941 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop.
14942
14943 - COMMENTS:
14944 `--' puts a single comment.
14945 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
14946 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
14947 comment in between.
14948 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
14949 following lines.
14950 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out,
14951 uncomments a region if already commented out.
14952
14953 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
14954 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
14955 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
14956 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
14957 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
14958 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
14959 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
14960 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a
14961 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
14962 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills
14963 multi-line comments.
14964
14965 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.
14966 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
14967 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable
14968 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
14969 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally
14970 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
14971 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
14972 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow
14973 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
14974
14975 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
14976 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group
14977 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an
14978 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
14979 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
14980 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
14981 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
14982 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
14983 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols
14984 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
14985
14986 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
14987 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and
14988 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
14989 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
14990 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
14991 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
14992 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual
14993 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
14994 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
14995 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
14996 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
14997 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
14998 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
14999
15000 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
15001
15002 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
15003 menu).
15004
15005 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
15006
15007 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
15008 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
15009 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
15010 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
15011 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
15012
15013 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
15014 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
15015 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
15016 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
15017 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
15018 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
15019 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
15020 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
15021 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
15022
15023 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
15024 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
15025 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
15026 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
15027 specified.
15028
15029 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
15030 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
15031 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to
15032 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
15033 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
15034 the current directory for VHDL source files.
15035
15036 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
15037 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is
15038 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
15039 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
15040 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
15041 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
15042 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
15043 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
15044 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists.
15045 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
15046 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
15047
15048 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
15049 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
15050 Math Packages.
15051
15052 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
15053 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
15054 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
15055 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
15056 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
15057 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
15058 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables
15059 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
15060
15061 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
15062 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
15063 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
15064 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
15065 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
15066 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
15067
15068 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
15069 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
15070 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
15071 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
15072 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
15073
15074 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
15075 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
15076 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
15077 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
15078 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
15079
15080 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
15081 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
15082 highlighted if written in lower case.
15083
15084 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted
15085 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
15086 is non-nil.
15087
15088 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'.
15089 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
15090 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]').
15091
15092 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
15093 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
15094 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
15095
15096 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
15097 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
15098 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
15099
15100 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
15101 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
15102 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
15103 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
15104 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
15105 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
15106 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
15107
15108 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
15109 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups).
15110 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
15111 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
15112 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
15113
15114 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
15115 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\",
15116 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
15117 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
15118
15119 - HINTS:
15120 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
15121
15122
15123 Maintenance:
15124 ------------
15125
15126 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
15127 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
15128
15129 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
15130
15131 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
15132 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
15133 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
15134 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
15135
15136 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
15137 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
15138 version and release notes can be found.
15139
15140
15141 Bugs and Limitations:
15142 ---------------------
15143
15144 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
15145 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
15146 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
15147 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
15148 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
15149 does not work under XEmacs.
15150
15151
15152 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
15153 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
15154
15155 Key bindings:
15156 -------------
15157
15158 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
15159
15160 ;;;***
15161 \f
15162 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (13229 29773))
15163 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
15164
15165 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
15166 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
15167 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
15168 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
15169
15170 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
15171 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
15172 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
15173 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
15174 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
15175
15176 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
15177 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
15178
15179 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
15180
15181 * Limitations and unsupported features
15182 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
15183 not supported.
15184 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
15185 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
15186
15187 * Modifications
15188 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
15189 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
15190 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
15191 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
15192 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
15193 for undoing a repeated change command.
15194 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
15195 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
15196 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
15197
15198 * Extensions
15199 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
15200 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
15201 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
15202 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
15203 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
15204 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
15205 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
15206 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
15207
15208 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil)
15209
15210 ;;;***
15211 \f
15212 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
15213 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
15214 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region setup-vietnamese-environment viet-encode-viscii-char)
15215 ;;;;;; "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (13876 11275))
15216 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
15217
15218 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
15219 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
15220
15221 (autoload (quote setup-vietnamese-environment) "viet-util" "\
15222 Setup multilingual environment (MULE) for Vietnamese VISCII users." t nil)
15223
15224 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
15225 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters.
15226 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15227 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
15228
15229 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
15230 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil)
15231
15232 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
15233 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
15234 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15235 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
15236
15237 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
15238 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil)
15239
15240 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
15241
15242 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
15243
15244 ;;;***
15245 \f
15246 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
15247 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
15248 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (14550
15249 ;;;;;; 6934))
15250 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
15251
15252 (defvar view-mode nil "\
15253 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
15254 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
15255 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
15256
15257 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
15258
15259 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
15260 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
15261 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
15262 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
15263 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
15264 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
15265 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15266
15267 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
15268
15269 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
15270 View FILE in View mode in another window.
15271 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
15272 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
15273 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
15274 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
15275 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
15276 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15277
15278 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
15279
15280 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
15281 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
15282 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
15283 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
15284 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
15285 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
15286 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
15287 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15288
15289 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
15290
15291 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
15292 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
15293 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
15294 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
15295 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
15296 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
15297 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15298
15299 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
15300
15301 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
15302 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
15303 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
15304
15305 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
15306 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
15307 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
15308 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
15309 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
15310 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
15311 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
15312 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15313
15314 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
15315
15316 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
15317 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
15318 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
15319
15320 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
15321 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
15322 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
15323 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
15324 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
15325 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
15326 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
15327 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15328
15329 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
15330
15331 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
15332 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
15333 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
15334
15335 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
15336 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
15337 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
15338
15339 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
15340 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
15341 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
15342 read-only.
15343 \\<view-mode-map>
15344 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
15345 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
15346 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
15347 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
15348 commands default to a repeat count of one.
15349
15350 H, h, ? This message.
15351 Digits provide prefix arguments.
15352 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
15353 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
15354 > move to the end of buffer.
15355 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
15356 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
15357 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
15358 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
15359 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
15360 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
15361 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
15362 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
15363 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
15364 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
15365 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
15366 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
15367 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
15368 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
15369 Use this to view a changing file.
15370 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
15371 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
15372 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
15373 . set the mark.
15374 x exchanges point and mark.
15375 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
15376 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
15377 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
15378 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
15379 ' go to position saved in character register.
15380 s do forward incremental search.
15381 r do reverse incremental search.
15382 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
15383 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
15384 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
15385 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
15386 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
15387 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
15388 p searches backward for last regular expression.
15389 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state.
15390 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
15391 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
15392 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
15393 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
15394 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state.
15395 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
15396 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
15397
15398 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
15399 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
15400 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
15401 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
15402 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
15403 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
15404 will return to that buffer.
15405
15406 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
15407
15408 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
15409 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
15410 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
15411 `view-return-to-alist'.
15412 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
15413 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
15414 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
15415
15416 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
15417 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
15418 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
15419 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
15420 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
15421 1) nil Do nothing.
15422 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
15423 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
15424 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
15425 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
15426
15427 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
15428
15429 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil)
15430
15431 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
15432 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil)
15433
15434 ;;;***
15435 \f
15436 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (13650 13703))
15437 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
15438
15439 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
15440 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil)
15441
15442 ;;;***
15443 \f
15444 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
15445 ;;;;;; (14522 27540))
15446 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
15447
15448 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
15449 Toggle Viper on/off.
15450 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil)
15451
15452 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
15453 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
15454
15455 ;;;***
15456 \f
15457 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (14223 54012))
15458 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
15459
15460 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
15461 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
15462
15463 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
15464 hotlist.
15465
15466 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
15467 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil)
15468
15469 ;;;***
15470 \f
15471 ;;;### (autoloads (which-func-mode which-func-mode-global) "which-func"
15472 ;;;;;; "which-func.el" (14281 33928))
15473 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
15474
15475 (defvar which-func-mode-global nil "\
15476 *Toggle `which-func-mode' globally.
15477 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15478 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-func-mode'.")
15479
15480 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote custom-variable))
15481
15482 (custom-add-load (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote which-func))
15483
15484 (defalias (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func-mode))
15485
15486 (autoload (quote which-func-mode) "which-func" "\
15487 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
15488 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
15489 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
15490
15491 With prefix arg, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
15492 and off otherwise." t nil)
15493
15494 ;;;***
15495 \f
15496 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-cleanup-region
15497 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer) "whitespace"
15498 ;;;;;; "whitespace.el" (14495 17999))
15499 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
15500
15501 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
15502 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer:
15503
15504 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
15505 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
15506 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
15507 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
15508 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
15509
15510 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
15511 and:
15512 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
15513 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil)
15514
15515 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
15516 Check a region specified by point and mark for whitespace errors." t nil)
15517
15518 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
15519 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
15520
15521 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
15522 whitespace problems." t nil)
15523
15524 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
15525 Whitespace cleanup on a region specified by point and mark." t nil)
15526
15527 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\
15528 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them.
15529
15530 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types
15531 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code.
15532
15533 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
15534 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
15535 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be
15536 replaced with TABS).
15537 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
15538 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
15539
15540 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline.
15541
15542 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace,
15543 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of:
15544
15545 e - End-of-Line whitespace.
15546 i - Indentation whitespace.
15547 l - Leading whitespace.
15548 s - Space followed by Tab.
15549 t - Trailing whitespace.
15550
15551 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a
15552 !<y>.
15553
15554 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most
15555 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even
15556 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost
15557 always they default to 8.)
15558
15559 Changing tab-width to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to
15560 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or
15561 even print it.
15562
15563 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like
15564 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you
15565 should never have to set your tab-width to be other than 8 in all these
15566 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs
15567 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your
15568 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between
15569 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them
15570 to set smarttab.)
15571
15572 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and
15573 merge problems.
15574
15575 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and
15576 warn you on closing a file also. (if in case you had inserted any
15577 whitespaces during the process of your editing.)" t nil)
15578
15579 ;;;***
15580 \f
15581 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
15582 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (13218 28813))
15583 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
15584
15585 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
15586 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
15587
15588 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
15589 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
15590
15591 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
15592 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
15593
15594 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
15595 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
15596 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
15597
15598 ;;;***
15599 \f
15600 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value)
15601 ;;;;;; "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (14508 6458))
15602 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
15603
15604 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
15605 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
15606 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
15607
15608 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
15609 Create widget of TYPE.
15610 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
15611
15612 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
15613 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
15614
15615 ;;;***
15616 \f
15617 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
15618 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (14485
15619 ;;;;;; 64331))
15620 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
15621
15622 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
15623 Select the window to the left of the current one.
15624 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
15625 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
15626 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
15627 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
15628 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
15629
15630 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
15631 Select the window above the current one.
15632 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
15633 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
15634 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
15635 negative ARG) of the current window.
15636 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
15637
15638 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
15639 Select the window to the right of the current one.
15640 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
15641 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
15642 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
15643 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
15644 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
15645
15646 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
15647 Select the window below the current one.
15648 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
15649 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
15650 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
15651 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
15652 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
15653
15654 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
15655 Set up default keybindings for `windmove'." t nil)
15656
15657 ;;;***
15658 \f
15659 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
15660 ;;;;;; (14535 44846))
15661 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
15662
15663 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
15664 Toggle winner-mode.
15665 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15666 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
15667
15668 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15669
15670 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner))
15671
15672 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
15673 Toggle Winner mode.
15674 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
15675
15676 ;;;***
15677 \f
15678 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
15679 ;;;;;; (13415 51576))
15680 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
15681
15682 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
15683 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
15684
15685 BUGS:
15686 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
15687 are not implemented
15688 - Options for search and replace
15689 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
15690 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
15691
15692 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
15693 Emacs-like.
15694
15695 The key bindings are:
15696
15697 C-a backward-word
15698 C-b fill-paragraph
15699 C-c scroll-up-line
15700 C-d forward-char
15701 C-e previous-line
15702 C-f forward-word
15703 C-g delete-char
15704 C-h backward-char
15705 C-i indent-for-tab-command
15706 C-j help-for-help
15707 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
15708 C-l ws-repeat-search
15709 C-n open-line
15710 C-p quoted-insert
15711 C-r scroll-down-line
15712 C-s backward-char
15713 C-t kill-word
15714 C-u keyboard-quit
15715 C-v overwrite-mode
15716 C-w scroll-down
15717 C-x next-line
15718 C-y kill-complete-line
15719 C-z scroll-up
15720
15721 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
15722 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
15723 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
15724 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
15725 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
15726 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
15727 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
15728 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
15729 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
15730 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
15731 C-k b ws-begin-block
15732 C-k c ws-copy-block
15733 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
15734 C-k f find-file
15735 C-k h ws-show-markers
15736 C-k i ws-indent-block
15737 C-k k ws-end-block
15738 C-k p ws-print-block
15739 C-k q kill-emacs
15740 C-k r insert-file
15741 C-k s save-some-buffers
15742 C-k t ws-mark-word
15743 C-k u ws-exdent-block
15744 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
15745 C-k v ws-move-block
15746 C-k w ws-write-block
15747 C-k x kill-emacs
15748 C-k y ws-delete-block
15749
15750 C-o c wordstar-center-line
15751 C-o b switch-to-buffer
15752 C-o j justify-current-line
15753 C-o k kill-buffer
15754 C-o l list-buffers
15755 C-o m auto-fill-mode
15756 C-o r set-fill-column
15757 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
15758 C-o wd delete-other-windows
15759 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
15760 C-o wo other-window
15761 C-o wv split-window-vertically
15762
15763 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
15764 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
15765 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
15766 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
15767 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
15768 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
15769 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
15770 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
15771 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
15772 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
15773 C-q a ws-query-replace
15774 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
15775 C-q c end-of-buffer
15776 C-q d end-of-line
15777 C-q f ws-search
15778 C-q k ws-to-block-end
15779 C-q l ws-undo
15780 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
15781 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
15782 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
15783 C-q w ws-last-error
15784 C-q y ws-kill-eol
15785 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
15786 " t nil)
15787
15788 ;;;***
15789 \f
15790 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (14516
15791 ;;;;;; 149))
15792 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
15793
15794 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
15795 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
15796 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
15797
15798 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil)
15799
15800 ;;;***
15801 \f
15802 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
15803 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (13607 43571))
15804 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
15805
15806 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
15807 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
15808
15809 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
15810 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
15811
15812 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
15813 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
15814 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
15815
15816 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
15817 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
15818
15819 ;;;***
15820 \f
15821 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
15822 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (13674 20513))
15823 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
15824
15825 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
15826 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified" t nil)
15827
15828 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
15829 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
15830
15831 Zone-mode does two things:
15832
15833 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
15834 when saving the file
15835
15836 - fontification" t nil)
15837
15838 ;;;***
15839 \f
15840 ;;; Local Variables:
15841 ;;; version-control: never
15842 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
15843 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
15844 ;;; End:
15845 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here